Taschenbuch GB 02

The RMG Group of Companies:
Serving the Gas Industry - WORLDWIDE
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH

gas pressure regulators and safety devices
Osterholzstrasse 45, D-34123 Kassel, Germany
Telephone (++49 ) 561 5007-0, Fax (++49) 561 5007-107
RMG Messtechnik GmbH

high accuracy metering systems, electronic corrector systems, odorizers
Otto-Hahn-Strasse 5, D-35510 Butzbach, Germany
Telephone (++49) 6033 897-0, Fax (++49) 6033 897-130
Karl Wieser GmbH

data logging and recording, peak control systems, complete station management
works1: Anzinger Strasse 14, D-85560 Ebersberg
works2: Heinrich-Lanz-Strasse 9, D-67259 Beindersheim, Germany
Telephone (++49) 8092 2097-0, Fax (++49) 8092 2097-10
WÄGA Wärme-Gastechnik GmbH

design and assembly of gas pressure regulating and metering stations
Osterholzstrasse 45, D-34123 Kassel, Germany
Telephone (++49) 561 5007-0, Fax (++49) 561 5007-207
RMG-GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbH

gas pressure regulating equipment, gas pressure regulating and metering stations
Julius-Pintsch-Ring 3, D-15517 Fuerstenwalde, Germany
Telephone (++49) 3361 356-600, Fax (++49) 3361 356-836
Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

gas pressure regulating equipment, (underground) gas control modules
Enterprise Drive, Holmewood, Chesterfield S42 5UZ, England
Telephone (++44) 1246 501-501, Fax (++44) 1246 501-500
Bryan Donkin RMG Co. of Canada Ltd.

domestic service regulators and corresponding safety devices
50 Clarke Street South, Woodstock, Ontario N4S 7Y5, Canada
Telephone (++1) 519 539 8531, Fax (++1) 519 537 3339
You are also welcome to visit us on the internet:

http://www.rmg.de, e-mail rmg@rmg.de
1
Preface to the 13th edition
Preface
The 13th edition gives you up-to-date information gas presure reducing and flow measure-
ment equipment . The booklet includes products of the newest RMG developments, giving a
complete overview of the RMG product and service range. Basic technical data has been
collected in the RMG booklet. The stated characteristics, ranges and values were valid at the
time this edition was being produced, but we reserve the right for technical improvements.
Hint for planning engineers:

It is possible to choose the correct device needed either from the booklet, or by using the
determination modules on the internet or the RMG CD-ROM. If you need further information,
we are at your disposal to give you all the further details you require and to send you
corresponding leaflets on any product:
The leaflets “General Description *.00“ give exact measurements, connection details, a de-
scription of the working principle, etc.. Example for RMG 402: leaflet 402.00 (please also
refer to the linked PDF-files on the internet and the RMG CD-ROM).
The set-up instructions given in the „General Operating Instructions for Gas Pressure Regu-
lators and Safety Devices“ should also be observed. Important extracts are to be found on
pages 372 ff.
Moreover, our engineers are at your service to pass on any technical advice which could be
of any help. We also invite you to participate in our seminars which offer you another great
possibility for increasing your knowledge about gas pressure regulating and metering
systems.
May this RMG booklet be of valuable assistance to your daily work!
Kassel, May 2002
Copyright
The contents of the RMG booklet are copyright-protected. Any reproduction or distribution -
even parts thereof - needs a written authorization by RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH
Kassel.
Responsibility
The RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH cannot be made responsible for any misprints.
We reserve the right for technical changes.
2
Overview
Chapter page
PRESSURE REGULATION
designation and criteria of gas pressure regulators 12
RMG regulators and safety devices
gas pressure regulators and flow control valves 22
pilots for pilot-operated gas pressure regulators 95
station automation 126
actuators for safety shut-off valves 134
safety shut-off valves, safety relief valves 148
filters, push-button valves, testing valves, etc. 176
gas pressure regulating modules for gas motors 196
BD-RMG regulators and safety devices
gas pressure regulators 202
safety devices and accessories 248
FLOW METERING
volume meters 283
sensor systems for pressure, temperature, density, etc. 302
electronic corrector systems, Flow-Computers 314
DATA LOGGING AND RECORDING

recording, transfer and evaluation 322
load control systems, data evaluating software 325
additional systems (data logger, supervising computer, etc.) 330
FLAME ARRESTORS
flame arrestor systems 334
STATIONS AND ACCESSORIES

station accessories: odorizing systems, pre-heaters, etc. 340
below-ground gas control modules (UKA) 350
standardized stations of the RMG Group of Companies 356
installation examples 360
BASICS, DEFINITIONS, AND CONVERSION TABLES

“General Operating Instructions ...“ (excerpt), lubricants, tools 372
general conversion tables 382
conversion tables for the gas industry 390
RMG-publications (list) 398
useful information 402
space for own notes 404
3
Contents
Page
PRESSURE REGULATION
Designation and Criteria of Gas Pressure Regulators
Calculation of Flowrate Coefficients 12
Conversion to Other Gases 14
Diagram for Flow Rate Coefficient (KG-value) Determination 15
Determination of Pipe Size DN and Gas Velocity 16
Principal Data and Criteria for Gas Pressure Regulators 19
RMG regulators and safety devices

Series 200 Small Regulators (Pressure Reducing Valves)
RMG 200 22
RMG 201 25
RMG 202 27
RMG 210 (R 10 d) 29
RMG 213 (D 36 Hb) 31
RMG 214 (D 144 a) 33
RMG 218 (D 118 aV) 36
RMG 219 (D 119 a) 39
RMG 265 41
RMG 266 43
RMG 267 44
RMG 268 45
Series 300 Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 16 (ANSI 150)

RMG 300 46
RMG 320 48
RMG 322 52
RMG 330 55
RMG 332 58
RMG 342 61
RMG 361 63
Series 400 Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 40 (ANSI 300)

RMG 402 65
RMG 408 68
RMG 409 71
RMG 430 74
Comments on Inlet Pressure Range ∆pe 76
4
Contents
Page
Series 500 Gas Pressure Regulators up to ANSI 600

RMG 502 78
RMG 503 80
RMG 505 83
RMG 512 86
Motor-Driven Flow Control Valves

RMG 530 (DN 25/50 to DN 150) 89
RMG 530 (DN 200/300 to DN 400/600) 91
RMG 152 - Electronic Steering for Flow Control Valves 93
Series 600 Pilots for Pilot-Operated Gas Pressure Regulators

Table of Determination 95
RMG 610 (RS 10 d) 96
RMG 620 100
RMG 630 102
RMG 631 104
RMG 638 106
RMG 640 108
RMG 650 110
RMG 651, RMG 656, RMG 659 112
RMG 652 114
RMG 655 116
RMG 655 So 118
RMG 658 121
RMG 658 So 123
Station Automation
Overview 126
Compact System SCS 2001 127
Station Control System SCS 2200 128
Station Control System SCS 2500 130
Pulse Modulator RMG 110 132
5
Contents
Page
Series 600 Actuators for Safety Shut-Off Devices

Overview Table 134
Notes on the Re-Engagement Differential 135
RMG 670/671 K 16, K 17, K 18 136
RMG 672 K 10a, K 11a/1, K 11a/2, K 12, K 13 138
RMG 673 K 1a, K 2a 142
RMG 674 K 4, K 5, K 6 144
RMG 675 K 15 146
Series 700 Safety Shut-Off Valves

- for Gas Pressure Regulating Lines
Overview Table 148
RMG 703 150
RMG 704 152
RMG 711 (DN 25 to DN 150) 154
RMG 711 (DN 200 to DN 300) 156
RMG 720 158
RMG 721 160
RMG 730 162
RMG 731 164
- for Pre-Heater Hot-Water Circuits
RMG 790 166
Series 800 Safety Relief Valves

Overview Table 168
RMG 832 169
RMG 835 170
RMG 850 172
RMG 873 174
Series 900 Filters, Valves and Other Functional Elements

- Pre-Heater for Pilots
RMG 900 176
- Filters
RMG 905 177
RMG 906 178
RMG 907 180
6
Contents
page
Series 900 (continued)

- Valves
RMG 910 182
RMG 911 183
RMG 912 184
RMG 914 185
RMG 915 186
RMG 916 187
RMG 917 188
RMG 919 190
- Noise-reducing Outlet Duct
RMG 920 191
- Protecting Device for Overpressure in Gauges
RMG 925 193
- Steering Unit
RMG 951 194
Special Appliances and Accessories (List) 195
Gas Pressure Regulating Modules for Gas Motors

Overview 196
Single Components for Gas Motors
RMG 980 197
RMG 981 198
RMG 985 199
RMG 992 200
BD-RMG Regulators, Safety Devices, and Accessories

Gas Pressure Regulators
BD-RMG 225 202
Series BD-RMG 226, 226H, 226A, 226SD 203
BD-RMG 240 209
BD-RMG 241 211
BD-RMG 260 213
BD-RMG 265 215
BD-RMG 270 216
BD-RMG 274 219
BD-RMG 276 221
BD-RMG 277 223
7
Contents
Page
Gas Pressure Regulators (continued)

BD-RMG 204 225
BD-RMG 280 / 280-309 227
BD-RMG 281 231
BD-RMG 282 232
BD-RMG 284, 285 234
BD-RMG 680, 680 H 236
BD-RMG 682 H 240
BD-RMG 684 241
BD-RMG 683 243
BD-RMG 800 “Maxflo“ 245
Safety Shut-Off Valves
BD-RMG 305 248
BD-RMG 303 250
BD-RMG 304 252
BD-RMG 309 254
BD-RMG 315 257
Safety Relief Valves
BD-RMG 205 259
Series BD-RMG 226 R, HR, VR 261
BD-RMG 680R MK2-EVA 268
BD-RMG 684R 270
Filters
BD-RMG 121 272
BD-RMG 122 273
BD-RMG 123 274
BD-RMG 124 275
BD-RMG 126 276
Check Valves
BD-RMG 580 277
BD-RMG 585 278
Non-Return Valves
BD-RMG 590 279
BD-RMG NRV 50 280
Electronic Clocking Pilots

BD-RMG 184 - 189 281
8
Contents
Seite
FLOW METERING
Volume Meters
Overview 283
RMG 132-A rotary displacement meter 284
RMG 130 (Z 01-A) rotary displacement meter 286
IG 02 pulse transmitter 287
TRZ 03 turbine meter 288
TRZ 03 L turbine meter 290
TRZ 03 K volumeter 292
TERZ 91 electronic volumeter 294
WZ 07 flowmeter 296
WBZ 08 vortex meter 298
USZ 08 ultrasonic flow meter 300
Sensor Systems
thermometer PT 100 302
pressure transmitter 303
DG 08 density transmitter 304
NDG 08 standard density transducer 305
NDG 08T standard density transmitter 306
WOM 2000 S wobbe index meter 307
VOS 07 sound velocity measuring instrument 308
VOS 08 T velocity of sound transmitter 310
EMC 500 measuring device (stand. density and cal. value) 311
PGC 900 BBQ process gas chromatograph 312
PGC 9000 VC process gas chromatograph 313
Electronic Correctors, Flow Computers

EC 694 compact corrector 314
EC 994 corrector 316
ERZ 2200 corrector 318
Flow Computer Series ERZ 9000 „Turbo“ 320
9
Contents
page
DATA LOGGING AND RECORDING

Tariff Recorders and Evaluating Systems
MRG 800 data recording system 322
TW 2101 load control system 325
software for data evaluation 326
accessories
DS 900 data logger 330
FE 06 Flow-Computer control system 331
FE 09 supervising computer 332
CS 900 counter unit 333
FLAME ARRESTORS
RMG 930 flame arrestor 334
STATIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Odorizers, Pre-heaters etc.
- Odorizing Systems and Accessories
GOE 2000 odourizer 340
GOE 07 odourizer 341
7 EU, 7 IG pulse control units for gas odourizing units 342
device cabinets 343
RHZ 02 - SH 800 room heating system 344
- Pre-Heater
determination of heat quantity 345
pre-heater type EV 346
- Filter
cellular filter (please also refer to pages 177 ff.) 348
Below-Ground Gas Control Modules (UKA)
- RMG-UKA overview 350
RMG-UKA “Krysalis“ 351
RMG-UKA “Krysalis 16“ 352
RMG-UKA “280 Vector Module“ 354
RMG-UKA “402 Vector Module“ 355
10
Contents
page
Standardized Stations of the RMG Group of Companies

- overview 356
type 22 358
type 26, type 27 359
Installation Examples
floor plan scheme 360
set-up examples 362
BASICS, DEFINITIONS, AND CONVERSION TABLES

General Operating Instructions ... (excerpt) 372
lubricants 378
assembly tools 379
General Conversion Tables

measuring units defined by law 382
units of length 383
units of area 384
units of volume 385
units of mass, units of force 386
units of pressure and stress 387
units of energy, units of power 388
comparison table for temperatures 389
Conversion Tables for Gas Supply

specific values for technical gases 390
standard atmosphere 392
pressure ranges 393
flange dimensions 394
volume contents of pipelines 396
RMG Publications (German list) 398
Useful Information 402
Space for Own Notes 404
11
Pressure Regulation Regulator Designation
Flowrate Coefficients
calculation of flowrate coefficients
The valve flowrate coefficient KG is an important parameter for the choice of RMG gas
pressure regulators
The KG-value indicates the flowrate of the valve in full open position under an absolute inlet
pressure of pe = 2 bar and an absolute outlet pressure of pa =1 bar. The KG-value is deter-
mined under standard conditions on a test stand with air as a gaseous medium. The KG-
value is a factor which indicates the flowrate capacity of a gas pressure regulator.
All KG-values stated in the RMG-leaflets refer to natural gas as a flowrate medium
(ρn = 0.83 kg/m3).
The diagram on page 15 shows the graphic method to determine the flowrate coefficient KG
required for given service data of
min. inlet pressure pe min

max. outlet pressure pa max
max. flowrate qn max
This graphic determination is based on the following formulas for approximate flowrate
calculation valid for natural gas:
flowrate coefficient KG for flowrate coefficient KG for

subcritical pressure drop supercritical pressure drop
pa pa
pe 0,5 pe 0,5
qn 2 • qn
KG = in m3/h KG = in m3/h
pa·(pe - pa) pe
Pressure for the formulas to be inserted in absolute values; pressure in diagram to be read
as overpressures.
12
Note! The flowrate coefficient of the regulator chosen should always be higher than
the flowrate coefficient determined from the diagram or calculated through
the formulas in order to ensure sufficient reserve capacity for the regulating
operation. We recommend to choose a regulator with a flowrate coefficient of
approximately 10% above the required value.
Attention! For regulators with internal measuring impulse the gas velocity in the outlet
duct (measuring point of outlet pressure) should not exceed v = 20 m/s.
Please also refer to the „General Operating Instructions for Gas Pressure
Regulators and Safety Devices, Examples of installations“ (extract see page
372)
In the general regulating and metering terminology the flowrate capacity of a valve canalso
be indicated by its kvs-value. The relation between kvs and KG is given in ithe following
equation:
KG = 34 · kvs in m3/h
13
Conversion to Other Gases
For other gases, the flowrate should be converted into the equivalent natural gas flowrate:
qn Gas
qn nat. gas = in m3/h
f
conversion factor f = 0,83/ρ

ρn gas
ethylene 0.97 carbon dioxyde 0.65

acetylene 0.84 air 0.80
ethane 0.78 methane 1.08
ammonia 1.04 town gas 0.23
butane 0.55 propane 0.64
chlorine 0.51 oxygen 0.76
landfill gas 0.81 sulphur dioxide 0.53
helium 2.15 nitrogen 0.81
sewer gas 0.85 hydrogen 3.04
carbon monoxide 0.81 natural gas 1.00
example: (diagram page 15)
given: max. inlet pressure pe max = 60 bar

min. inlet pressure pe min = 10 bar
max. outlet pressure pa max = 2 bar
required max. flow qn max = 10 000 m3/h
read from diagram: required valve flow rate coefficient KG = 1600 m3/h
regulator chosen: gas pressure regulator RMG 512 - DN 50 with KG = 2000 m3/h
14
diagram for KG-value determination valid for natural gas
15
Pipe Size Determination
diagram for pipe size determination DN

flow rate qn in m3/h
pipe line size DN in mm
16
Pipe Size Determination
example for determination of pipe size DN and gas velocity
example no.1: determination of the required pipe size DN
given: required max. flowrate qn max = 10 000 m3/h

gas pressure
min. outlet pressure pa min = 2 bar
gas velocity v = 20 m/s
read from diagram: required max. outlet pipe size = 250 mm
example no. 2: determination of gas velocity

gas pressure
max. outlet pressure pa max = 2 bar
pipe size DN 80 (80 mm)
read from inlet gas velocity v 50 m/s

diagram: outlet gas velocity v > 80 m/s
In this example we recommend an expansion to a higher outlet pipe size.
example no. 3: determination of pipe size of a safety shut-off valve (SAV)

gas pressure
gas velocity limit for SAV with Z-type flow curve = 50 m/s
gas velocity limit for SAV with in-line flow = 70 m/s
read from for SAV with Z-type flow curve = 100 mm

diagram: for SAV with in-line flow = 80 mm
17
Flow Velocity Determinantion
determination of pipe size and flow velocity
The flow velocity can also be determined with this equation:
qn
v=
3600 • 1/4 Π d2 • pabs
v = flow velocity in m/s

qn = standard flow rate for natural gas in m3/h
d = pipe diameter in m
pabs = pressure in the line in bar (absolute value)
18
Overview of Gas Pressure Regulators
principal data and criteria for gas pressure regulators

gas basic criteria examples
pressure characteristic inlet outlet application symbol type
regulator features pressure pressure technical data
No permanent regu- RMG 320 So or
lating inaccuracy. 330 So; with or
weight-loaded
Slow valve position 0.005 bar in stations with rather without SAV
reaction, to be moun-
up to up to low outlet pressures
ted in horizontal
5 bar 0.050 bar and slow changes of
position only.
Setpoint adjustments
gas consumption pe up to 8 bar
are difficult. pa 0.005 to
direct-acting
0.500 bar
Regulators of mode-
RMG 320;
rate price, quick valve
for gas supply to with SAV
position reaction, can
spring-loaded
be mounted in any po-

0.020 municipal, industrial, RMG 330
sition, easy change of up to (0.005) and individual
setpoint adjustments. 16 bar bar to customers, pressure
No automatic correc- 1 bar control systems pe to 16 bar
tion of regulating requiring quick pa 0.020 to 1bar
inaccuracies, relatively response, e.g. burner
low outlet pressures. regulation
Suitable for large inlet RMG 409;
and large outlet with SAV
ranges, high pressure RMG 408;
drops and high RMG 402
flowrates; high
regulating precision, pe to 40(16) bar
easy change of
pa 0.020 to
setpoint adjustments.
0.020 offtake and city gate 20(16) bar
pilot-operated
A minimum pressure
differential between
up to (0.010) stations, for municipal ( ) = RMG 408
inlet and outlet pres- 100 bar bar to power plant and RMG 502;
sure is required to 90 bar industrial gas supply with SAV
open the valve. RMG 503
Valve position reaction
not so quick as reac- pe to 100 bar
tion of spring-loaded pa 1 to 90 bar
regulators.
More expensive and
RMG 512
technically more
sophisticated than pe to 100 bar
spring loaded pa 0.5 to 90 bar
regulators.
19
Overview of RMG Gas Pressure Regulators
max.
inlet measuring KG-value*
series type pressure range in m3/h pipe size
pe max Wh in bar
in bar
RMG 200 100 0,02 to 90 12 to 250 DN 25 (other sizes optional)
RMG 201 100 0,02 to 2 2,5 to 90 DN 25 (other sizes optional)
RMG 202 25 0,5 to 8 125 and 200 DN 25 (other sizes optional)
series 200 R 10d 100 0,02 to 3,5 18 < DN 25
small D 36 Hb 350 0,2 to 250 6 < DN 25
regulators D 144 a 350 1,0 to 75 20 to 75 < DN 25
(pressure D 118 aV 350 0,006 to 3,5 2,5 to 90 < DN 25
reducing D 119 a 320 0,006 to 8,0 4,5 to 65 < DN 25
valves) RMG 265 100 0,5 to 90 1,5 and 6 < DN 25
RMG 266 100 0,1 to 90 2 < DN 25
RMG 267 100 0,1 to 10 2 < DN 25
RMG 268 100 0,02 to 1 2 < DN 25
RMG 300 16 0,02 to 2,0 65 DN 25
series 300 RMG 320 20 0,02 to 1,0 120 to 5800 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
gas RMG 322 16 0,01 to 15 120 to 5800 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
pressure RMG 330 16 0,02 to 1,0 120 to 4700 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
regulators RMG 332 16 0,01 to 3,5 120 to 4700 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
RMG 342 4 0,004 to 0,05 10 DN 25 (other sizes optional)
RMG 361 5 0,02 to 0,5 360 to 4200 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
*) flow rate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)
20
Overview of RMG Gas Pressure Regulators
max.
inlet measuring KG-value*
series type pressure range in m3/h pipe size
pe max Wh in bar
in bar
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
RMG 402 50 0,02 to 40 350 to 5500 DN 50/100, DN 80/150,
series 400 DN 100/200
gas RMG 408 16 0,01to 15 450 to 3800 DN 50/100, DN 80/150,
pressure DN 100/200
regulators RMG 409 40 0,01 to 20 125 to 9000 DN 50/100, DN 80/150,
DN 100/200, DN 150/300
RMG 430 25 0,01 to 20 800 to 24000 DN 100, DN 200, DN 300
DN 25/50, DN 50/100,
RMG 502 100 1,0 to 90 400 to 14000 DN 80/150, DN 100/200,
DN 150/300
RMG 503 100 1,0 to 90 350 to 5500 DN 25/50, DN 50/100,
DN 80/150, DN 100/200
series 500 RMG 505 100 1,0 to 90 1400 to 5500 DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200
gas DNE=DNA:
pressure DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100,
regulators DN 150, DN 200
RMG 512 100 0,5 to 90 500 to 34000 DNE/DNA:
DN 25/100, DN 25/150, DN 50/150,
DN 50/200, DN 80/250, DN 100/300,
DN 150/300, DN 150/400, DN 200/400,
DN 200/500
*) flow rate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)
21
Pressure Regulation Small Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 200
Series 200 - Small Gas Pressure Regulators (Pressure Reducing Valves)
pilot-operated gas pressure regulator

❑ for natural gas and all non-corrosive
gaseous media; special version for
oxygen (approved by BAM)
❑ special version for use in open air
stations as an optional feature
❑ suitable for high pressure cuts
❑ can be provided with various valve seats
of different sizes
❑ simple design for easy maintenance
-registration, DIN-DVGW approval
max. operating pressure (upstream)

pe max up to 100 bar
outlet pressure range
Wh 0.010 bar to 90 bar
minimum pressure differential
approx. 1 bar to 1.5 bar
connections:
- screw connections without brazing to
DIN 2353, for external pipe dia. 18 mm,
22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm, 38 mm, 42 mm;
- flanged to DIN PN 40 or ANSI 300 RF/RJ,
❑ for municipal and industrial gas supply
ANSI 600 RF/RJ with adaptors in
and for small flowrate regulating lines
DN 25, DN 40, DN 50
within large volume gas pressure regu-
lating stations
special devices as optional features
❑ suitable for outlet pressure control, inlet ❑ electric and pneumatic remote control of
pressure control, outlet and differential outlet pressure
pressure (flowrate) control
❑ noise reducing outlet duct
❑ screw connecting piece for combination
with SAV RMG 703 or RMG 704

RMG-Leaflet 200.00
22
valve data
max. inlet pressure 100 100 100 80 40 25
pe max in bar
valve seat dia. 5 6 8 12 18 23
in mm
KG-value* 12 25 50 125 200 250
in m3/h
*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)
face-to-face dimensions from 234 mm to 440 mm depending on type of connection
spec. outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 610, preferrably with diaphragm assembly 2
load limiting stage control stage (pa-control)
measuring aux. pressure range wire dia. measuring wire dia. outlet pressure range
unit Wa in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wa in bar
2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.100 to 0.500
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5
(brown) 4.7 brown 0.3 to 3.5
23
spec. outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650, preferrably with diaphragm assembly 1
setpoint spring
no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range
in mm Wh in bar
1 grey 5.0 0.500 to 2.000
control stage with 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
diaphragm type 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
measuring unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
load limiting stage 8.0 1 to 50
control stage with metal white 9.0 20 to 90
harmonica type measuring unit
load limiting unit green 5.0 1 to 10

automatically above pa
accuracy class, lock-up pressure class, lock-up pressure zone

accuracy class AC 1
lock-up pressure class SG 5
class of lock-up pressure zone SZ 2.5
24
spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, two-stage, direct acting

❑ for municipal and industrial gas supply
❑ for small flowrate regulating lines within
large gas pressure regulating stations
gaseous media according to G 260
❑ two-stage regulator
❑ suitable for high pressure cuts
❑ with safety relief valves in:
- intermediate stage
- control stage (pa max 0.5 bar)
❑ easy operation and maintenance
❑ inlet connection for safety shut-off valve
RMG 703 or RMG 704

pe max 100 bar
outlet pressure range Wh 0.02 bar to 2 bar
connections:
- inlet
screw connections without brazing acc. to
DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 12 mm,
16 mm, 18 mm
- outlet
screw connections without brazing acc. to
DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm,
12 mm, 16 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm,
28 mm, 38 mm, 42 mm
flanged to DN 25, DN 40 or DN 50
in PN 40, ANSI 300 or ANSI 600

RMG-Leaflet 201.00
25
valve data
intermediate valve seat dia. in mm 2 3.7 5.5 8
pressure stage KG in m3/h *) 4.5 15 35 65
valve seat dia. in mm 1.5 3.5 6 10 12
control stage KG-value normal 2.5 12 20 35 50
in m3/h *) max.**) 2.5 14 38 90 100

**) for CG max: proportional deviation exceeds limits of regulating precision category
specific pressure ranges

measuring setpoint outlet pressure range internal safety relief valve
unit spring Wh in bar adjustment ranges
intermediate 2 F3 up to 9 bar above pa fixed value 12 bar
press. stage adjustable F4 up to 15 bar above pa fixed value 18 bar
adjustable
(only up to pa = 0.5 bar)
RMG-set value:
F 2 0.020 to 0.040 0.025 bar above pa
control F 3 0.030 to 0.100 0.050 bar above pa
stage 1 F 4 0.075 to 0.250 0.075 bar above pa
F 5 0.150 to 0.500 0.100 bar above pa
F 6 0.250 to 1.000 0.150 bar above pa
F 7 0.500 to 1.800 no internal
F 8 0.750 to 2.000 safety relief valve

accuracy class AC 2.5
26
Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 202
spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, direct acting

❑ for industrial and chemical engineering
applications
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non-
corrosive gaseous media
❑ one-stage pressure reducing valve
without DVGW approval

pe max 25 bar
oulet pressure range 0.5 bar to 8 bar
connections:
- screw connections without brazing to DIN
2353 for external pipe dia.10 mm, 12 mm,
16 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm,
38 mm, 42 mm
- flanged to DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50
in PN 40
external measuring impulse connection

for flow rate qn > 80 · pa abs

RMG-Leaflet 202.00
27
Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 202
specific outlet pressure ranges

inlet pressure spring no. outlet pressure range
pe in bar Wh in bar
up to 8 F 5 0.5 to 2.0
up to 8 F 6 1.0 to 3.5
up to 16 F 7 1.5 to 6.5
up to 25 F 8 2.0 to 8.0
valve data
valve seat dia. in mm 12 18
KG-value* 125 200
in m3/h
face-to-face dimensions in mm
screw
connection for 10 12 16 18 22 25 28 38 42
external pipe dia.
face-to-face dimension 240 232 252 240 244 272 246 260 230
flanged connection DN 25 DN 40 DN 50
(acc. to DIN)
face-to-face dimension 376 376 376
28
Pressure Regulation Small Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 210 (R 10 d)

❑ for industrial and laboratory applications,
also suitable for small flowrate regulating
lines within large volume gas pressure
regulating stations
corrosive gasous media
❑ high regulating precision:
inlet pressure variations lead only to very
small outlet pressure deviations
❑ two-stage pressure reducing valve
❑ internal or external measuring impulse
connection

pe max 100 bar
outlet pressure range Wh 0.01 bar to 3.5 bar
connections:
- inlet and outlet
screw connection without brazing to DIN
2353, PN 100, for external pipe dia.
inlet: 12 mm
outlet: 16 mm
standard:
external measuring impulse connection
option:
internal measuring for qn < 9 · pa abs
valve seat dia. 6 mm

valve flowrate coefficient KG-value* 18 m3/h
*) for natural gas (ρn = 0.83 kg/m3)
RMG-Leaflet 210.00
29
Pressure Regulation Small Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 210 (R 10 d)

intermediate pressure stage outlet pressure stage (pa-control)
measuring intermed. pressure wire dia. measuring wire dia. spring outlet pressure range
unit rangeWa in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wa in bar
2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.100 to 0.500
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5
30
Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 213 (D 36 Hb)
❑ for industrial applications in chemical

engineering
❑ one-stage pressure reducing valve for
high pressure cuts and relatively small
flowrates
❑ diaphragm type or piston type measuring
units
❑ incorporated safety relief valve (SBV)
❑ alternatively in backflow-proof version
❑ tight shut-off on zero flow

pe max 350 bar
connections:
- inlet and outlet
R 3/8’’ i with diaphragm measuring unit
(M, H, S)
R 1/2’’ i with piston measuring unit (G, GS)
valve flowrate coefficient KG-value* 6 m3/h

*) for natural gas (ρn =0.83 kg/m3)

RMG-Leaflet 213.00
31
Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 213 (D 36 Hb)

measuring unit with range pa depending on
diaphragm piston spring Wh in bar flowrate* inlet pressure**
3
in m /h in bar/10 bar
F0 0.2 to 1.5 0.100
M F1 0.2 to 4.0 0.250 0.040
F2 1.0 to 10 0.700
F3 1 to 20 2.5 0.065
H
F4 2 to 30 4.5
S F5 3 to 70 8 0.115
F6 40 to 120 8.5 80
G
F7 40 to 160 17
F7 70 to 160 17 0.080
GS
F8 70 to 250 39
*) pa drops with increasing qn (values for fully opened valve)

**) pa drops with increasing pe
32
Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 214 (D 144a)
❑ for industrial and process applications

❑ one-stage pressure reducing valve
❑ tight seal at zero flow
❑ incorporated safety relief valve (SBV)
❑ alternatively as backflow-proof version
(only for valve seat dia. 6 mm)

pe max 350 bar
outlet pressure range Wh 1 bar to 75 bar
connections:
inlet and outlet R 1’’i

RMG-Leaflet 214.00
33
flowrate dependency
valve seat dia. proportional range
in mm (necessary pressure drop in bar for complete opening of the main valve)
F1 F2 F3 F4
6 0.5 3.1 13 30
8 0.9 5.0 21 50
11 1.3 7.3 37 70
pa drops with increasing qn
inlet pressure dependency

valve seat diameter in mm 6 8 11
KG-value* in m3/h 20 40 75
outlet pressure change in bar with 10 bar inlet pressure 0.120 0.210 0.400
change (pa drops with increasing pe)
*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0.83 kg/m3)
34

outlet pressure range Wh
pe max setpoint in bar
in bar spring for valve seat dia. in mm
6 8 11
F1 1 to 5 1 to 4.5 2 to 3.5
50 F2 3 to 20 3 to 20 3 to 20
F3 5 to 45 5 to 45 5 to 45
F1 1 to 4.4 1 to 3.4
F2 3 to 20 3 to 20 3 to 20
100
F3 5 to 55 5 to 55 5 to 55
F4 10 to 75 10 to 75 10 to 75
F1 1 to 3.8 1 to 2.3
F2 3 to 20 2 to 20 3 to 20
150
F3 5 to 55 5 to 55 5 to 55
F4 10 to 75 10 to 75 10 to 75
F1 1 to 2.8
F2 2.5 to 20 3 to 20
220
F3 5 to 55 5 to 55
F4 10 to 75 10 to 75
F1 1.5 to 2.5
250 F2 2 to 20
F3 5 to 55
F4 10 to 75
F1 1.5 to 1.9
300 F2 1.5 to 20
F3 5 to 55
F4 10 to 75
F2 3 to 20
350 F3 5 to 55
F4 10 to 75
35
Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 218 (D 118aV)

❑ two-stage proportional regulating device
❑ suitable for large pressure drops
❑ tight shut-off at zero flow
(only for valves with plastic sealing)
❑ with safety relief valve (SBV) in the 1st
control stage

pe max 350 bar
Wh 0.006 bar to 3.5 bar
connections:
- inlet
R 3/4’’a (up to pe max 50 bar);
connection for gas bottle valves acc. to
DIN 477 (for pe max 200 bar);
screw connection without brazing acc. to
DIN 2353 for external pipe dia.
10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm
- outlet
35 mm

RMG-Leaflet 218.00
36
valve data
intermediate valve dia. in mm 2 3.7 5.5 8 10
control stage KG in m3/h*) 4.5 15 35 65 90
outlet pressure valve dia. in mm 1.5 3.5 4.8 6 7 10
control stage KG in m3/h*) 2.5 14 25 38 50 90
specific outlet pressure ranges of the 2nd control stage

measuring outlet pressure range setpoint wire dia. relief valve setting range
unit Wh spring in mm in bar (above pa)
0.006 to 0.040 F1 2.5 0.010 to 0.025
0.006 to 0.060 F2 3.0 0.010 to 0.040
N
fixed to 0.008 F 11 1.2 0.010
fixed to 0.050 F 12 2.0 0.040
0.008 to 0.012 F1 2.5 0.010 to 0.040
0.010 to 0.040 F2 3.2
0.030 to 0.100 F3 4.0 0.040 to 0.090
0.040 to 0.090*)
G 0.030 to 0.250 F4 4.5
0.100 to 0.150**)
0.040 to 0.090*)
0.050 to 0.500 F5 5.6
0.090 to 0.150**)
0.1 to 1.0 F6 6.5
0.2 to 1.8 F7 8.0 without safety relief valve
0.3 to 2.0 F8 9.0
GS 0.25 to 2.5 F7 8.0 without safety relief valve
0.35 to 3.5 F8 9.0
*) only up to orifice dia. 7 mm

**) only up to orifice dia.10 mm
37
regulating valves used in 1st stage (acc. to connections and inlet pressures)
regulating valves with
description of metal sealing plastic sealing
inlet and outlet approved up to inlet pressure in bar
connection 350 200 50 50 50 50 25
R /4” a / R1 /4” i
3 1 F2 F3.7 F5.5 F8 F10
DIN 477 / R11/4” i HH2* H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5
pipe dia. 10/ R1 /4” i
1 HH2 H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5
pipe dia. 12/ R11/4” i HH2 H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5 F8
pipe dia. 16/ R1 /4” i
1 HH2 H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5 F8 F10
*) for connections according to DIN 477 valve HH2 only up to 200 bar
38

❑ one-stage regulating device
❑ with inlet pressure up to 50 bar:
tight seal at zero flow
❑ with safety relief valve (SBV)

pe max 320 bar
connections:
- inlet
R3/4’’a (up to pe max 50 bar);
connections for gas bottle valves acc. to
DIN 477 (up to pe max 200 bar);
screw connection without brazing to
10 mm, 12 mm,16 mm
- outlet
R3/4”a
valve data
valve diameter in mm 2 3.7 5.5 8
KG-value* in m3/h 4.5 15 35 65

RMG-Leaflet 219.00
39
applicable measuring units and regulating valves

description of outlet pressure range setpoint spring regulating valve
measuring unit
and diameter Wh wire dia. spring no. description pe max
in mm in mm (valve dia.) in bar
F2 50
F3.7 50
F 0.003 to 0.016 2 F1 F5.5 50
225 0.006 to 0.040 3 F2 F8 50
HH2 350
H3.7 150
0.006 to 0.012 2.5 F1

G 0.010 to 0.040 3 F2 F2 50
190 0.030 to 0.100 4 F3 F3.7 50
0.030 to 0.250 4.5 F4 F5.5 50
0.050 to 0.500 6 F5 F8 50
0.1 to 1.0 6.5 F6 HH2 350
0.2 to 1.8 8 F7 H3.7 150
0.3 to 2.0 9 F8
GS 0.25 to 2.5 8 F7
190 0.35 to 3.5 9 F8
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 F0
M
0.2 to 2.5 3.7 F1
112 0.3 to 3.5 4.5 F2 F2 50
F3.7 50
0.1 to 1 4.5 F4 F5.5 50
V 0.2 to 2 6 F5 F8 50
112 0.4 to 4 6.5 F6 HH2 350
0.7 to 7 8 F7 H3.7 150
0.8 to 8 9 F8
F-valves: plastic sealing with tight shut-off at zero flow

H-valves: metal sealing without tight shut-off
40
❑ for industrial and laboratory applications,

also suitable for small flowrate regulating
regulating stations
❑ suitable for natural gas an all non-
❑ large outlet pressure range
❑ two-stage, compact design
(interchangeable cartridge assemblies)
❑ internal or external measuring impulse
connection

pe max 100 bar
connections:
- inlet and outlet
DIN 2353, PN 100, for external pipe dia.
inlet: 10 mm
outlet: 10 mm, 12 mm, 15 mm, 18 mm
external measuring impulse line

for qn > 3 · pa abs
special versions as optional features:

❑ electric remote setpoint adjustment of the
outlet pressure
RMG-Leaflet 265.00
41
valve data
valve seat diameter in mm 1.2 3
KG-value* in m3/h 1.5 6

intermediate pressure stage outlet pressure range
setpoint spring pressure setpoint spring pressure
wire dia. range wire dia. range
no. colour in mm Wh in bar no. colour in mm Wh in bar
diaphragm measuring unit diaphragm measuring unit
2 black 4.5 1 to 5 1 blue 3.6 0.5 to 2
3 grey 5.0 2 to 10 2 black 4.5 1.0 to 5
4 brown 6.3 5 to 20 3 grey 5.0 2.0 to 10
5 red 7.0 10 to 40 4 brown 6.3 5.0 to 20
6 green 8.0 20 to 50 5 red 7.0 10 to 40
automatic load limiting stage metal harmonica measuring unit
8 green 5.0 up to 15 7 white 9.0 20 to 90
above pa
face-to-face dimensions
outlet connection face-to-face dimensions in mm
external pipe diameter with without
in mm fine filter fine filter
10 222 195
12 222 195
15 253 226
18 254 227
42

❑ for calibrating and testing of gas distri-
bution systems
❑ for natural gas and non-corrosive
gaseous media
❑ large inlet pressure range
❑ high regulating precision
❑ sensitive and exact setpoint adjustment
❑ fine control valve for discharge to the
atmosphere

pe max 100 bar
connections:
screw-in coupling type 1215 for high
pressure tubes
Application
The gas pressure regulator RMG 266 was developed in collaboration with the RUHRGAS AG
for the official recalibration of conditioned corrector systems.
The regulator is characterized by the following special features:
❑ extremely high outlet pressure range with one setpoint spring from 0.1 bar up to 90 bar
❑ optimal constancy of the adjusted regulating pressure over longer operation periods with
a very low gas consumption
❑ uncomplicated and exact adjusting possibilities of fixed setpoint pressure values

RMG-Leaflet 266.00
43
spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, with safety relief valve

❑ for industrial and laboratory applications
❑ suitable for natural gas and non-corrosive
gaseous media
❑ pressure supplier for switching unit RMG
951 or for I/P-converter
❑ compact (modular) concept
❑ internal measuring impulse
❑ easy handling and maintenance

pe max 100 bar
outlet pressure range Wh 0,1 bar bis 10 bar
class of lock-up pressure zone SZ 2,5
connections:
- screw connection without brazing to
inlet: 10 mm
outlet: 10 mm, 12 mm, 15 mm, 18 mm
external measuring impulse line is used if

qn > 3 · pa abs
special feature upon customer´s request

❑ follow-up signal for outlet pressure
setpoint adjustment
Comment
The diameter of the throttle and the SBV-orifice are fixed so that more gas is always re-
lieved to the atmosphere through the safety relief valve stage than can penetrate into the
device, even during failure conditions. Therefore, an uncontrolled increase of the outlet
pressure is avoided in case of defects.

RMG-Leaflet 267.00
44
two-stage spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, with safety relief valve
❑ for industrial and laboratory applications

❑ for auxiliary setting-ups within gas
pressure regulating devices according to
G 491
gaseous media
❑ 3-stage special version with throttle and
safety relief valve (SBV) stage as additio-
nal protective device for the outlet
pressure stage
❑ large outlet pressure range

pe max 100 bar
relief valve adjustment range
Wh 0.050 bar to 1.2 bar
connections:
DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm
Comment
A throttle limits the maximal flow to qn = 2 m3/h according to the application range, so that
the maximal volume of the SBV-stage equalizes the volume for pe max.
I.e. the diameter of the throttle and the SBV-orifice are fixed so that more gas is always re-
lieved to the atmosphere through the safety relief valve stage than can penetrate into the
device, even during failure conditions. Therefore, an uncontrolled increase of the outlet
pressure is avoided in case of defects.

RMG-Leaflet 268.00
45
Pressure Regulation Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 300
Series 300 - Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 16 (ANSI 150)

❑ internal measuring impulse connection as
an optional feature
❑ good control dynamics
❑ valve with inlet pressure compensation
❑ diaphragm assembly provided with:
- safety relief valve (SBV) for gas
leakages (pa max 0.5 bar)
- breathing valve RMG 915
(SBV blocked)
- safety diaphragm
❑ with or without incorporated safety shut-
off valve (SSV), with actuators K 1a, K 2a
❑ easy maintenance due to interchange-
able cartridge assemblies (plug-in
modules)

pe max 16 bar
❑ for domestic and industrial applications outlet pressure range Wh 0.020 bar to 2 bar
❑ suitable for regulation systems requiring
quick response (gas furnace) SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)
❑ for natural gas and all non-corrosive Who 0.030 bar to 4.0 bar
gaseous media Whu 0.010 bar to 0.4 bar
❑ can be supplied in special HTB-version SBV-adjustment ranges (only measuring
(pe max 4 bar) unit 1)
Wh 0.010 bar to 0.160 bar over pas
connections:
DN 25 flanges to DIN PN 16

RMG-Leaflet 300.00
46
valve data
valve seat dia. in mm KG-value* in m3/h face-to-face dimensions in mm
11 65 160
*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3), valid only for external
measuring impulse connection

setpoint spring outlet pressure range Wh in bar
no. colour wire dia. diaphragm assembly 1 diaphragm assembly 2
1 grey 2.5 0.020 to 0.045
2 yellow 3.0 0.035 to 0.100
3 ivory 3.6 0.080 to 0.200
4 bright red 4.0 0.150 to 0.300
5 green 4.0 0.250 to 0.400
6 light blue 4.5 0.300 to 0.500 0.600 to 0.800
7 dark blue 5.3 0.450 to 0.800 0.600 to 2.000

adjustment ranges of the SSV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)
actuator overpressure release underpressure release
Who in bar Whu in bar
K 1a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
47

❑ for domestic and industrial applications
❑ suitable for regulating systems requiring
quick response (gas furnace)
gaseous media
❑ diaphragm assembly provided with :
- safety relief valve (SBV) for gas
- safety diaphragm (only for diaphragm
assembly size 1, pa max 0.5 bar)
❑ easy maintenance due to interchangeable
cartridge assembly (plug-in module)
❑ type as zero governor

pe max 16 bar
oulet pressure range Wh 0.020 bar to 1 bar
SBV-adjustment range
Wh 0.010 bar to 0.3 bar above pas
connections:
DN 25 to DN 100
flanged DIN PN 16 and ANSI 150 RF

RMG-Leaflet 320.00
48
valve data
inlet pressure range ∆pe
pipe size valve seat dia. KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assy.**) face-to-face
in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimensions
size 1 size 2 in mm
20 220 16 (16)
DN 25 184
33 480 10 (16)
25 400 16 (16) 16 (16)
31 800 10 (16) 16 (16)
DN 50 254
41 1300 8 (16) 16 (16)
50 1600 5 (10) 10 (16)
25 400 16 (16)
31 900 16 (16)
41 1500 16 (16)
DN 80 298
50 1800 10 (16)
60 2700 10 (16)
80 4000 6 (12)
25 400 16 (16)
31 850 16 (16)
41 1400 16 (16)
352
DN 100 50 1750 10 (16)
60 3000 10 (16)
80 4500 6 (12)
100 5800 4 (8)

**) see description and example on pages 76 and 77

49
specific outlet pressure ranges for diaphragm assembly size 1

setpoint spring outlet pressure range
no. colour spring wire dia.in mm Wh in bar
0 black 3.6 0.020 to 0.030
1 grey 4.0 0.025 to 0.050
2 yellow 4.5 0.045 to 0.100
3 brown 5.3 0.090 to 0.200
4 bright red 6.3 0.150 to 0.300
5 dark red 7.0 0.250 to 0.400
6 light blue 7.5 0.350 to 0.500
7 white 8.5 0.450 to 0.600*
8 green 9.5 0.550 to 0.800*
9 black 10.5 0.650 to 1.000*
*) type with integrated safety relief valve (SBV) or with additional safety diaphragm only for
outlet pressure ranges up to pa max 0.5 bar

no. colour spring wire dia. in mm Wh in bar
0 blue 5.0 0.020 to 0.030
1 grey 6.3 0.025 to 0.050
2 yellow 7.0 0.045 to 0.100
3 brown 8.0 0.090 to 0.200
4 bright red 9.0 0.150 to 0.300
5 dark red 10.0 0.250 to 0.400
6 light blue 11.0 0.350 to 0.500
7 white 12.0 0.450 to 0.600*
8 green 13.0 0.550 to 0.800*
9 black 14.0 0.650 to 1.000*
50
special versions of gas pressure regulators series RMG 320
❑ gas pressure regulator for outlet pressure control RMG 320-So

setpoint adjustable for overpressure and underpressure
pipe size outet pressure range valve seat dia. pe max
DN in bar in mm in bar
25 -0.020 to +0.040 20 10
33 6
50 25 16
-0.020 to +0.040 31 16
10 41
+0.0025 to +0.008 31 4
❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 320-So for outlet pressure control

with electrical setpoint remote control
for diaphragm assembly size 1: outlet pressure range 0.020 bar to 1.0 bar
for diaphragm assembly size 2: outlet pressure range 0.020 bar to 1.0 bar
(regulator can be started from 0 mbar upwards)
❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 320-So with electrical setpoint remote control
outlet pressure range: -0.008 bar to +0.008 bar
❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 320-So for weight-loaded outlet pressure control
outlet pressure range: 0.0005 bar to 0.004 bar
❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 321 for inlet pressure control

setpoint adjustable above and below atmospheric level
for details please enquire
51

❑ for municipal and industrial applications
❑ high regulating accuracy
cartridge assembly (plug-in module)

pe max 16 bar
minimum pressure differential 0.2 bar
connections: DN 25 to DN 100
flanged to DIN PN 16 and ANSI 150 RF

RMG-Leaflet 322.00
52
specific outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 610 (RS 10 d)

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.100 to 0.500
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5
specific outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring
no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range
in mm Wa in bar
2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
control stage 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
with diaphragm 4 red 7.0 5 to 15
load limiting stage green 8.0 1 to 16
1 to 10
automatic load limiting stage green 5.0
automatically above pa

accuracy class AC 1
53
valve data
size 1 size 2 in mm
20 220 16 (16)
DN 25 184
33 480 16 (16)
25 400 16 (16)
31 800 16 (16)
DN 50 254
41 1300 16 (16)
50 1600 16 (16)
25 400 16 (16)
31 900 16 (16)
41 1500 16 (16)
DN 80 298
50 1800 16 (16)
60 2700 10 (16)
80 4000 6 (12)
25 400 16 (16)
31 850 16 (16)
41 1400 16 (16)
352
DN 100 50 1750 16 (16)
60 3000 10 (16)
80 4500 6 (12)
100 5800 4 (8)

54

❑ suitable for regulation systems requiring
quick response (gas furnace)
gaseous media
of different sizes
- safety relief valve SBV for gas
- safety diaphram (only assembly size1)
❑ type with safety cut-off valve (SSV)
DN 25, DN 50:
actuators K 1a
DN 80, DN 100:
actuators K 4, K 5
cartridge assemblies (plug-in modules)

pe max 16 bar
SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.):

Who 0.020 bar to 1.5 bar
Whu 0.005 bar to 0.120 bar
SBV-adjustment range:
Wh 0.010 bar to 0.300 bar above pas
connections:
DN 25 to DN 100
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH flanged to DIN PN 16
RMG-Leaflet 330.00
55

no. colour spring wire dia.in mm Wh in bar
0 black 3.6 0.020 to 0.030
1 grey 4.0 0.025 to 0.050
2 yellow 4.5 0.045 to 0.100
3 brown 5.3 0.090 to 0.200
4 bright red 6.3 0.150 to 0.300
5 dark red 7.0 0.250 to 0.400
6 light blue 7.5 0.350 to 0.500
7 white 8.5 0.450 to 0.600*
8 green 9.5 0.550 to 0.800*
9 black 10.5 0.650 to 1.000*
*) type with integrated safety relief valve (SBV) or with additional safety diaphragm not
applicable for these ranges (only for outlet pressure ranges up to pa max 0.5 bar)

no. colour spring wire dia. in mm Wh in bar
0 blue 5.0 0.020 to 0.030
1 grey 6.3 0.025 to 0.050
2 yellow 7.0 0.045 to 0.100
3 brown 8.0 0.090 to 0.200
4 bright red 9.0 0.150 to 0.300
5 dark red 10.0 0.250 to 0.400
6 light blue 11.0 0.350 to 0.500
7 white 12.0 0.450 to 0.600*
8 green 13.0 0.550 to 0.800*
9 black 14.0 0.650 to 1.000*
56

valve data
pipe size valve seat KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assy.**) face-to-face
dia. in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimensions
size 1 size 2 in mm
20 200 16 (16)
DN 25 200
33 420 10 (16)
20 200 16 (16)
DN 50 230
33 500 10 (16)
25 400 16 (16) 16 (16)
31 850 10 (16) 16 (16)
DN 80 420
41 1400 8 (16) 16 (16)
50 1750 5 (10) 10 (16)
25 400 16 (16)
31 850 16 (16)
41 1400 16 (16)
DN 100 500
50 1750 10 (16)
60 3000 10 (10)
80 4200 6 (12)
100 4700 4 (8)
adjustment ranges of SSV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060
K5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120
57

of different sizes
❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-off
valve (SSV).
With safety cut-off valve (SSV)
DN 25, DN 50:
actuators K 1a, K 2a
DN 80, DN 100:
actuators K 4, K 5, K 6
cartridge assemblies (plug-in modules)

pe max 16 bar
oulet pressure range Wh 0.010 bar to 3.5 bar
SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.):

connections:
DN 25 to DN 100
flanged to DIN PN 16

RMG-Leaflet 332.00
58
valve data
size 1 size 2 in mm
20 200 16 (16)
DN 25 200
33 420 16 (16)
20 200 16 (16)
DN 50 230
33 500 16 (16)
25 400 16 (16)
DN 80 31 850 16 (16)
420
41 1400 16 (16)
50 1750 16 (16)
25 400 16 (16)
31 850 16 (16)
41 1400 16 (16)
DN 100 500
50 1750 16 (16)
60 3000 10 (16)
80 4200 6 (12)
100 4700 4 (8)
specific outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 610 (RS10d)

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.100 to 0.500
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5
59
Pressure Regulation Gas Pressure Regulators RMG 332

accuracy class AC 1
adjustment ranges of SSV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
K4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.400
K5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120
K6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300
60
direct acting, gas pressure regulator, two-stage pressure reduction
❑ safety cut-off valve with overpressure

cut-off for 1st and 2nd regulating stage
❑ regulating device alternatively leakage-
safety relief valve within the intermediate
stage and in the regulating stage
❑ regulating device with safety diaphragm in
the regulating stages, vent valve in the
safety shut-off measuring device
❑ 2nd regulating stage at option with safety
diaphragm in the 2nd regulating stage
and vent valve in the safety shut-off
measuring unit.
❑ can be installed in any position
❑ HTB-version available

pe max 4 bar
adjustable pressure range
1st regulating stage
❑ for industrial and domestic users Wh 0.070 bar to 0.130 bar
❑ suitable for dynamic regulating lines 2nd regulating stage
(gas furnaces) Wh 0.018 bar to 0.050 bar
gases valve seat diameter
❑ compact assembly - intermediate pressure stage 8 mm
- regulating stage 19 mm
SSV adjustment ranges (type RMG 342)

response precision category AG 10
Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

RMG-Leaflet 342.00
61

accuracy class AC 1
62
❑ for industrial and domestic users

❑ suitable for dynamic regulating lines
(gas furnaces)
gases
of different sizes
- safety relief valve SBV for gas
- safety diaphragm (DN 25, DN 50)
❑ type with safety cut-off valve (SSV) with
axial passage (actuator type K1a)
❑ alternative with noise reduction

pe max 5 bar
Wh 0.02 to 0.5 bar
- SSV-adjustment ranges
(see pages 134 ff.)
Who 0.040 to 1.5 bar
Whu 0.010 to 0.120 bar
- SBV-adjustment range
Wh 0.015 to 0.140 bar above pas
- connections
DN 25 to DN 100
RMG GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbH

RMG-Leaflet 361.00
63
valve data
pipe size valve seat dia. valve flowrate coefficient KG* in m3/h face-to-face
in mm with noise reduction without noise reduction dimensions in mm
25 25 360 370 184
31 440 460
50 31 700 800 254
50 1100 1400
80 60 2000 2200 298
80 2400 2700
60 2600 2900
100 80 3000 3700 352
100 3300 4200

setpoint spring outlet pressure range Wh
no. colour in bar
1 grey 0.020 to 0.050
2 yellow 0.045 to 0.100
3 brown 0.090 to 0.200
4 bright red 0.150 to 0.300
5 dark red 0.250 to 0.400
6 light blue 0.350 to 0.500

accuracy class AC 1
adjustment range of SSV-control devices (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)
K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
64

❑ pilot RMG 620 integrated in actuator head
valve (SSV)
DN 25:
- actuators K 1a, K 2a
DN 50 to DN 100 (inlet pipe sizes):
- K 4, K 5, K 6 (up to PN 25)
- K 10a, K 12, K 13, K 15a, K 16, K 17
(up to ANSI 300)
❑ few integral parts, easy maintenance, low
noise

pe max 40 bar
minimum pressure differential ∆p 0.5 bar
SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)

❑ for gas supply to municipal distribution Who 0.020 bar to 40 bar
systems, industrial and power stations Whu 0.004 bar to 40 bar
gaseous media connections:
❑ large inlet pressure range ❑ DN outlet = DN inlet
❑ diaphragm valve as control element DN 25 to DN 100
flanged to DINPN 25 and ANSI 150 RF
❑ DN outlet = 2 x DN inlet
DN 50/100, DN 80/150 and DN 100/200
flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40,
flanged to ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 RF

RMG-Leaflet 402.00
65
valve data
pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 50/ DN 80 DN 80/ DN 100 DN 100/
DN 100 DN 150 DN 200
KG-value in m3/h *) 350 1300 1500 3500 3800 5200 5500
face-to-face dim. in mm for
DIN and ANSI 150 RF 184 254 310 298 400 352 430
ANSI 300 RF 267 310 318 400 368 430
specific pressure ranges for pilot RMG 620

setpoint spring
pilot no. colour wire dia. adjustable pressure range
in mm Wh in bar
2 blue 3.6 0.020 to 0.200
RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.100 to 0.500
4 brown 6.3 0.200 to 1.000
5 red 7.0 0.500 to 2.000
6 green 8.0 1 to 4

setpoint spring adjustable pressure range
no. colour dia. in mm Wh in bar
1 black 4,5 0.150 to 1*
control unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
automatic green 5.0 5 to 15

load limiting stage automatically above pa
*) version with enlargened diaphragm
66
specific pressure ranges for pilot RMG 640*

1 black 4,5 0.150 to 1*
control unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
*) one-stage version, for inlet pressure deviations under 15 bar only

**) version with enlargened diaphragm

accuracy class AC 1
SSV adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

control device overpressure release underpressure release
Who in bar Who in bar
K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
K4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060
K5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120
K6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300
K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.1 to 2
K 13 4.000 to 30.0 0.5 to 6
K 16 0.800 to 40.0
K 17 2 to 40
67

❑ for gas supply to municipal distribution
systems, industrial and power plants
❑ suitable for outlet pressure control, inlet
pressure control, outlet and differential
pressure control (flow control)
gaseous media
❑ regulator with incorporated noise
attenuating devices
of different sizes
valve (SSV)
control devices K 4, K 5, K 6, K 10a, K 12,
K 13, K 16, K 17
cartridge assemblies

pe max 16 bar
minimum pressure differential 0.2 to 1 bar
SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)

Whu 0.004 bar to 16 bar
connections (inlet/outlet)
DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200
noise attenuation 15 to 20 dB (A)
(compared to conventional regulator types)
RMG-Leaflet 408.00
68
valve data
pipe size valve seat KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assembly **) face-to-face
inlet/outlet dia. in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimension
DN size 1 size 2 size 3 in mm
30 450 16 (16) 16 (16)
DN 50/00 37 650 16 (16) 16 (16) 450
52 1150 10 (16) 16 (16)
37 750 16 (16)
DN 80/150 52 1400 16 (16) 500
81 2400 16 (16)
52 1700 16 (16) 16 (16)
DN 100/200 81 3400 16 (16) 16 (16) 650
102 3800 10 (16) 16 (16)
SSV cut-off adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)
measuring unit overpressure release underpressure release
K4 0.040 to 0.500 0.005 to 0.060
K5 0.200 to 1.500 0.015 to 0.120
K6 0.600 to 4.500 0.040 to 0.300
K 10a 0.050 to 1.500 0.010 to 0.120
K 12 0.500 to 8.000 0.100 to 2.000
K 13 4.000 to 17.6 0.500 to 6.000
K 16 0.800 to 17.6
K 17 2 to 16
69
specific pressure ranges for pilot RMG 610 (RS 10 d)

load limiting stage control stage
measuring pressure range wire dia. measuring wire dia. spring pressure range pe max
unit Wh in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wh in bar in bar
2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.1 to 0.5
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5.0 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5 100
(silver) 4.5 brown 0.3 to 3.5

setpoint spring
no. colour wire dia. adjustable pressure range
in mm Wh in bar
0 black 4.5 0.150 to 0.500*
outlet pressure 1 grey 5.0 0.500 to 2.000

70

pressure control (flow control)
gaseous media
❑ regulator with incorporated noise
attenuating devices
of different sizes

pe max 40 bar
minimum pressure differential
0.5 bar to 1.5 bar
special version for liquid gas service
DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200,
DN 150/300
flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25, PN 40
and ANSI 150 RF
noise attenuation 20 to 25 dB (A)

(compared to conventional regulator types)

RMG-Leaflet 409.00
71
valve data
pipe size valve seat KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assembly **) face-to-face
dia. in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimension
size 1 size 2 size 3 size 4 in mm
DN 30 500 25 (25) 40 (40)
50/100 37 720 20 (25) 25 (25) 310
52 1250 10 (20) 20 (25)
30 550 40 (40) 40 (40)
DN 37 800 25 (25) 40 (40) 330
80/150 52 1550 20 (25) 25 (25)
81 3000 16 (25) 20 (25)
30 550 40 (40) 40 (40)
DN 37 850 25 (25) 40 (40)
100/200 52 1900 20 (25) 25 (25) 430
81 4000 16 (25) 20 (25)
102 4700 10 (20) 16 (25)
81 4200 20 (25) 25 (25)
DN 102 5600 16 (25) 20 (25)
600
150/300 130 7500 10 (20) 16 (25)
157 9000 6 (12) 10 (20)
72

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.1 to 0.5
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5.0 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5 100

setpoint spring
in mm Wh in bar
0 black 4.5 0.150 to 0.500*

accuracy class AC 1
73

gaseous media
❑ main valve with bubble-tight double-beat
valve

pe max 25 bar
connections
DN 100, DN 200, DN 300
flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25
and ANSI 150 RF
valve data
pipe size valve seat dia. KG-value * face-to-face
DN in mm in m3/h dimensions in mm
35 800 260
100 50 1600 260
65 2800 260
95 6000 380
200
120 9500 380
300 190 24000 480
RMG-GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbH

RMG-Leaflet 430.00
74

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100
M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.1 to 0.5
3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5.0 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5 100

setpoint spring
in mm Wh in bar
0 black 4.5 0.150 to 0.500*

accuracy class AC 1
75
Pressure Regulation Maximum Inlet Pressure
Series 300 and 400
Inlet pressure range ∆pe (max. inlet pressure) for diaphragm assemblies
The accuracy class AC and the lock-up pressure class SG stipulated by the DVGW type
tests are confirmed under the following conditions:
„The inlet pressure may exceed the ∆pe-figure stated in the table at the most by twice its
value, provided the inlet pressure deviations ∆pe do not exceed the pe max-value stated in the
table. However, it may not exceed the nominal pressure rating.”
ATTENTION: This statement is not valid for RMG 409 with pe > 25 bar.
The limitation of the inlet pressure range ∆pe for a diaphragm assembly is not given for rea-
sons of material strength but in the interest of maintaining the regulating accuracy. The inlet
pressure deviations though may not exceed the limit of the valve´s nominal pressure rating.
76
Pressure Regulation Maximum Inlet Pressure
Series 300 and 400
Example:
RMG 330, DN 50, valve seat diameter 33 mm, diaphragm assembly size 1 (see page 57).
The table shows an inlet pressure range of ∆pe = 10 bar, so the inlet pressure may deviate in
a range of 10 bar up and down. Beginning with the given deviation range between 0 bar and
10 bar, this ∆pe -range may be transferred to a higher level. The maximum inlet pressure
(value stated in brackets) though may not be exceeded.
The permissible inlet pressure change ∆pe = 10 bar can be used as follows:
A possible inlet pressure variation of pe1 = 0 bar to pe2 = 10 bar is standard, but equally
an inlet pressure deviation of pe1 = 2 bar to pe2 = 12 bar could be possible, or a deviation of
pe1 = 6 bar to pe2 = 16 bar. In every case the valve´s regulating accuracy is maintained.
Should however the inlet pressure deviations be larger than the stated ∆pe-value, then the
regulating accuracy will become poorer.
ATTENTION: The inlet pressure deviations may never exceed the limit of the valve´s
nominal pressure rating.
The scheme shows how the inlet pressure range ∆pe may be transferred for this example:
pe max max. inlet

123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
16 bar 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 pressure for
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
RMG 330,
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 assembly size 1,
123456789012345678901234567890 inlet pressure
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 range
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 valve dia. 33 mm
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
10 bar 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
∆p 10 barr
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 e
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 inlet pressure
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
inlet pressure
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
range
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
6 bar 123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
∆p 10 bar
range
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
e
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
∆p 10 bar 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
e 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890 123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
123456789012345678901234567890
77
Series 500 - Gas Pressure Regulators up to ANSI 600

❑ for offtake stations in gas transmission
systems, for industrial gas supply and
power plants
❑ diaphragm system as regulating device
❑ outlet cross-section four lines as large
as inlet
❑ small number of integral parts, easy
maintenance, low noise level

pe max 100 bar
minimum pressure differential 2 bar
maximum pressure differential 70 bar
connections:
flanged to DIN PN 40, ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,
ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
inlet/outlet: DN 25/DN 50; DN 50/DN 100;
DN 80/DN 150; DN 100/DN 200;

RMG-Leaflet 502.00
78
valve data
pipe size equivalent KG-value* face-to-face
inlet/outlet valve seat dia dimensions
in mm in m3/h in mm
DN 25/50 25 400 340
DN 50/100 50 1600 380
DN 80/150 80 4200 550
DN 100/200 100 6400 550
DN 150/300 150 14000 750
outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 630 / RMG 640*

no. colour dia in mm Wh in bar
2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
control stage with 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
diaphragm type 4 red 7.0 5 to 20
measuring unit 5 green 8.0 10 to 40
control stage with white 9.0 20 to 90
metal harmonica type measuring unit
*) pilot RMG 630 two-stage version (with load limiting stage)

high control accuracy despite high inlet pressure deviations
pilot RMG 640 one-stage version
for inlet pressure deviations under 15 bar only

accuracy class AC 1
79

systems, for gas to industrial and power
plants
❑ diaphragm system as regulating valve
device
❑ outlet cross-section four times as large as
inlet
valve (SAV)
actuators K 10a, K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18
noise

pe max 100 bar
maximal pressure fall 70 bar
SSV response ranges (see pages 134 ff.)

for overpressure release
Who 0.080 bar to 90 bar
for underpressure release
connections:
and ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
inlet/outlet:
DN 25/50, DN 50/100, DN 80/150,
DN 100/200
RMG-Leaflet 503.00
80
valve data
inlet/outlet valve seat dia. dimensions
in mm in m3/h in mm
DN 25/50 25 350 340
DN 50/100 50 1400 380
DN 80/150 80 3600 550
DN 100/200 100 5500 550
outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 630 / RMG 640*

2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
*) pilot RMG 630 two-stage version (with load limiting stage)

high control accuracy despite high inlet pressure deviations
pilot RMG 640 one-stage version
for inlet pressure deviations under 15 bar only

accuracy class AC 1
81
SSV response ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

K 10a 0.080 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 11a/1 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000
K 11a/2 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200
K 16 1.000 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
K 18 20.0 to 90.0
K 19 20.0 to 90.0
82
Gas-Druckregelgerät mit Hilfsenergie aus dem Eingangsdruck

systems
❑ compact design
❑ active regulator and monitor regulator
combined in one body
❑ active regulator with „fail-open“-function
❑ monitor regulator with „fail-closed“-
function
❑ few integral parts, easy maintenance

pe max 100 bar
min. pressure differential 2 bar
max. pressure differential 70 bar
active regulator combined with pilot:

- RMG 640 (single stage version)
for inlet prerssure deviations 15 bar
- RMG 630 (two-stage version)
for inlet prerssure deviations > 15 bar
monitor regulator combined with pilot:

- RMG 650 (two-stage version)
connections:
- flanged to DIN PN 40, and to
ANSI 300 RF/RTJ, ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
sizes for inlet/outlet:
DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200

RMG-Leaflet 505.00
83
valve data
valve seat dia. dimensions
inlet/outlet in mm in m3/h in mm
DN 50/100 50 1400 380
DN 80/150 80 3600 550
DN 100/200 100 5500 550
*) for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)
specific pressure ranges with pilot RMG 630 for active regulator
2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
specific pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650 for monitor regulator
setpoint spring
no. colour wire adjustable pressure range
dia in mm Wh in bar
regulating stage with 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
diaphragm 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
regulating stage with white 9.0 20 to 90
84

accuracy class AC 1
85

systems, for gas supply to industrial and
power plants
pressure control
gaseous media
❑ high capacity due to in-line flow
❑ robust and simple design
❑ purely pneumatic operation
❑ high pressure cuts
❑ can be provided with a noise reducing
outlet duct module

pe max 100 bar
outlet pressure range Wh 0,5 bar to 90 bar
regulator with noise reducing outlet duct
connections
flanged to DIN PN 25, PN 40,
ANSI 300 RF/RTJ
ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
inlet:
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150,
DN 200
outlet:
DNE = DNA or outlet expansion with noise
reduction

RMG-Leaflet 512.00
86
valve data
pipe size valve seat dia. KG-value*
in mm in m3/h
DN 25 25 500
DN 50 50 2000
DN 80 80 5100
DN 100 100 8000
DN 150 150 18000
DN 200 200 34000
*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0.83 kg/m3), without reducing outlet duct
pipe size flanges PN flanges ANSI
DN inlet DN outlet 25 and 40 300 RF 300 RTJ 600 RF/RTJ
25 200 197 210 210
25 100* 360 359 365 365
150* 360 359 365 365
50 270 267 283 286
50 150* 422 421 429 430
200* 422 421 429 430
80 310 318 333 337
80
250* 512 516 523 525
100 370 368 384 394
100
300* 548 548 555 560
150 508 508 508 508
150
400* 760 760 760 760
200 200* 610 610 610 610
500* 960 960 960 960
*) with noise reducing outlet duct (outlet flanged only to ANSI 600 RF)
87
outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring
no. colour wire outlet pressure range
dia in mm Wh in bar
1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2
diaphragm 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
regulating stage with white 9.0 20 to 90

accuracy class AC 1
88
Pressure Regulation Flow Control Valve RMG 530
Series 500 - Flow Control Valves up to ANSI 600 DN 50/100 to DN 150/300
main valve with electric actuation (DN 50/100 to DN 150/300)

❑ for flow and pressure regulation
valve (SAV): control devices K 10a,
K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19
❑ valve sleeve with complete pressure
compensation
❑ standard noise-reducing internal parts
❑ bubble-tight shut-down
max. operating pressure

pmax 100 bar
SAV- adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)

DN 25/50, DN 50/100, DN 80/150,
DN 100/200, DN 150/300
ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
accessories
electronic regulating systems for pressure
and flow regulation
(see page 93, other regulating tasks upon
customer´s request)

RMG-Leaflet 530.00
89
valve data for RMG 530 without integrated safety cut-off valve
in mm in m3/h in mm
DN 50/100 50 2000 380
DN 80/150 80 5100 550
DN 100/200 100 8000 550
DN 150/300 150 15000 750
valve data for RMG 530 with integrated safety cut-off valve
in mm in m3/h in mm
DN 50/100 50 1400 380
DN 80/150 80 3600 550
DN 100/200 100 5500 550
SSV response ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

measuring unit overpressure release underpressure release
K 10a 0.080 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 11a/1 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000
K 11a/2 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200
K 16 1.000 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
K 18 20.0 to 90.0
K 19 20.0 to 90.0
90
main valve with electric actuation (DN 200/300 and larger)

❑ for flow and pressure regulation
❑ high capacity due to in-line flow
❑ valve sleeve with complete pressure
compensation
❑ standard noise reducing outlet duct
❑ bubble-tight shut-down
max. operating pressure pmax 250 bar
connections
for pzul 250 bar flanges acc. to ANSI 600 RF,
ANSI 900 RTJ and ANSI 1500 RF
in DN 250/250 and DN 300/300, otherwise
flanged to ANSI 600 RF or ANSI 900 RTJ
accessories
electronic regulating systems for pressure
and flow regulation
(see page 93, other regulating tasks upon
customer´s request)

RMG-Leaflet 530.00
91
valve data for version with max. permissible pressure 100 bar
pipe size equivalent KG-value*
inlet/outlet valve seat dia.
in mm in m3/h
DN 200/300 200 23000
DN 200/400 200 24000
DN 300/300 200 24000
DN 300/300 300 50000
DN 400/400 400 60000
DN 400/600 400 80000
valve data for version with max. permissible pressure 200 bar
pipe size equivalent KG-value*
inlet/outlet valve seat dia.
in mm in m3/h
DN 250/250 260 25000
DN 300/300 260 26000
dimensions
pipe size pressure rating flanged to flanged to flanged to
inlet/outlet PN ANSI 600 RF ANSI 900 RTJ ANSI 1500 RF
DN 200/300 100 660 - -
DN 200/400 100 780 825 -
DN 250/250 250 - - 1100
DN 300/300* 100 725 750 -
DN 300/300 250 - - 1100
DN 400/400 100 1400 - -
DN 400/600 100 1350 1400 -
*) version with equivalent valve seat dia. 200 mm
92
Series 500 - Flow Control Valves up to ANSI 600 electronic steering
electronic steering for flow control valve RMG 530
RMG offers different types of actuators and All service and fault indications are shown in
electronic regulating systems for driving the the LC-display as clear-text information.
flow control valve RMG 530. Selected messages can be forwarded for
RMG has different certificates of conformity remote indication.
and experts´ declarations approving the Due to their individual construction, RMG
installation of those functional units into flow control valves have different opening
explosion-hazardous areas. and regulating characteristics.
All actuators are controlled by the automa- These characateristics were determined in
tion system Protronic 500 and the customer- testing fields and integrated into the software
specified RMG-software, which monitors all of the automation system as additional func-
the important measuring data, setpoints and tions to optimize the regulating behaviour.
control signals.
Should the set ranges be violated, then pre-
ventive measures are initiated by the auto-
Possibilities for combining valve actuators
mation system (these are generally pre-set
and electric/electronic control systems are
by the customer).
shown below:
electronic triggering
actuation type RMG 152 frequency electronic power unit
power unit transformer KE3
Auma-actuator
compatible not compatible not compatible
400 V
EMG-actuator
not compatible compatible not compatible
230 V
EMG-actuator
compatible compatible not compatible
400 V
linear actuator
not compatible not compatible compatible
230 V

RMG-Leaflet 152.00
93
Pressure Regulation Notes
Series 600 - Pilots for pilot-operated Gas Pressure Regulators
94
Pressure Regulation Pilot Selection Table
overview
max. inlet outlet pressure range Wh in bar
type function /description pressure load limiting control differential
pe max in bar stage stage pressure stage
RMG 610 d outlet pressure control 0.1 to 5 0.010 to 3.5 -
RMG 610 d...E inlet pressure control 0.1 to 8 0.010 to 6 -
RMG 610 d...D differential pressure control 100 0.1 to 8 - 0.006 to 6
RMG 610 d/ outlet and differential 0.1 to 75 0.010 to 64 0.006 to 6
RMG 610 d...D pressure control
RMG 620 outlet pressure control 25 - 0.020 bis 4 -
5 bis 15 0.3 bis 90 -
RMG 630 outlet pressure control
above pa
RMG 631 RMG 630 with remote
outlet pressure control pa above pa
RMG 638 electronic regulating stage acc. to task
RMG 640 outlet pressure control - 1 to 90 -
1 to 50 0.3 to 40 -
RMG 650 outlet pressure control 1 to 10 20 to 90 -
above pa
RMG 651 RMG 650 with remote 1 to 10 0.5 to 90 -
control of outlet pressure pa über pa
1 to 10 0.3 to 90 -
RMG 652 inlet pressure control
100 above pa
1 to 50 0.3 to 40 -
outlet and differential
RMG 655 So 1 to 10 20 to 90 0.05 to 1.2
pressure control
above pa
RMG 655 with remote 1 to 10 0.5 to 90 0.05 to 1.2
RMG 656
control of outlet pressure pa above pa
1 bis 50 0.3 to 40 0.05 to 1.2
RMG 655 with remote
RMG 657 1 to 10 20 to 90 -
control of diff. pressure ∆p
above pa
outlet and differential 1 to 10 0.3 to 90 0.05 to 1.2
RMG 658 So pressure control with addit. above pa
pa-control stage unit 0.5 to 90
95
Pressure Regulation Pilot RMG 610
pneumatic pilot for main valves with diaphragm assembly

❑ type RMG 610 d for outlet pressure
type RMG 610 d...E for inlet pressure
type RMG 610 d...D for differential
pressure
type RMG 610 d / RMG 610 d...D
for outlet and differential pressure
corrosive gaseous media; special version
for oxygen available
❑ two-stage pilot with load limiting stage
and control stage in one body
❑ adaptability to various diaphragm
assemblies and different kinds of
regulating lines
❑ can be provided with load limiting unit
gauge and filter RMG 905
❑ can be provided with electric remote
control device as an optional feature
approved by DIN-DVGW in combination

with RMG main valves, the pilot is part of the
complete device according to DIN 3380

pe max 100 bar
outlet pressure range Wh 0.006 bar to 3.5
bar

RMG-Leaflet 610.00
96
valve seat diameter

control stage 3.7 mm
load limiting stage 3.7 mm
specific setpoint ranges for outlet pressure control pa

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060 100
(green) 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120
M 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.1 to 0.5
4.7 M 3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5
0.5 to 5.0 100
(silver) 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5
4.5 brown 0.3 to 3.5
setpoint range for inlet pressure control pe

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 NE 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100
(green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200
M 5 blue 0.100 to 0.500
MD 3.5 green 0.1 to 0.7
O*
0.5 to 5 4.7 ME 4 red 0.4 to 1.5 100
(brown) 5 blue 0.4 to 2.5
2 to 8 6 (silver) 6 silver 1.5 to 6.0
*) O = without load limiting stage
97
Pressure Regulation Pilot RS 10 d (RMG 610)
setpoint range for differential pressure control

measuringoutlet pressure stage wire dia. measuring wire dia. spring outlet pressure range pe max
2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040
M 0.1 to 1.5 3.3 ND 3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060
O* (green) 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100
4 red 0.080 to 0.200
5 blue 0.100 to 0.500
4.7 4 red 0.1 to 0.7
M 0.5 to 5 MD
(brown) 5 blue 0.4 to 2.5 100
O*
2 to 8 6 (silver) 6 silver 1.5 to 6
*) O = without load limiting stage
98
Pressure Regulation Pilot RS 10 d (RMG 610)
sectional drawing of the RS 10 d MN (RMG 610) for outlet pressure control pa
control stage vent line
protection cap setpoint adjuster
setpoint spring measuring diaphragm
lever system
adjusting screw
for amplification
measuring line
load limiting discharge line

stage
measuring
diaphragm
loading
pressure
line
inlet pressure line
main
valve
99
pneumatic pilot for main valve RMG 402

❑ for outlet pressure control
❑ one-stage pilot with double diaphram
system for low outlet pressures
❑ internal compensation of inlet pressure
changes
❑ is screwed on to regulator RMG 402 as
an integral part, saving pilot connecting
lines

with RMG main valves, the pilot is part of the
complete device according to DIN 3380

pe max 25 bar
specific outlet pressure range

setpoint spring
pilot no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range
in mm Wh in bar
2 blue 3.6 0.020 to 0.200
RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.1 to 0.5
4 brown 6.3 0.2 to 1.0
5 red 7.0 0.5 to 2.0
6 green 8.0 1.0 to 4.0

no own leaflet, see RMG-Leaflet 402.00
100
sectional drawing RMG 620 (for gas pressure regulator RMG 402 DN 25 and DN 50)
pilot
setpoint adjuster
setpoint spring
vent line
loading pressure
line
double diaphragm
inlet pressure system
line
discharge
line
measuring
line
main valve
closing spring
throttling diaphragm
slotted valve part
101
pneumatic pilot for regulators RMG 402, RMG 502 and RMG 503
❑ high regulating accuracy even under
great inlet pressure changes
and control stage as interchangeable
❑ can be provided with inlet, load limiting,
and outlet pressure gauges and filter
RMG 905
control device as an optional feature

with RMG main valves, the pilot is part of
the complete device according to DIN 3380

pe max100 bar

1 black 4,5 0.150 to 1*
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH *) version with enlargened diaphragm

RMG-Leaflet 630.00
102
sectional drawing RMG 630
control stage pilot
load limiting stage double diahragm

system
throttle
vent line
measuring line
start-up
valve discharge line
setpoint spring
setpoint adjuster
main valve
main valve
103
pneumatic pilot with electric motor for remote setpoint adjustment

❑ for RMG 402, RMG 502, RMG 503
❑ pilot with electric setpoint adjuster for
lines with changing operational conditions
❑ for remote setpoint adjustment through
central control stations
❑ manual setpoint adjustment is possible at
the electric motor
RMG 631:
pe max 100 bar
pilot RMG 630 combined with electric motor

and gearbox connected to the outlet
pressure stage acc. to DIN/ISO 5210 T1 F10
Details about motors and electrical

connections upon request.

RMG-Leaflet 631.00
104

1 black 4,5 0.5 to 1*
5 green 8.0 10 to 40

spring outlet pressure range without pulse control with pulse control
no. in bar in bar/min in bar/min
1 0.5 to 2 1.3 0.020 to 1.0
2 1 to 5 2.1 0.040 to 1.7
3 2 to 10 3.1 0.050 to 2.5
4 5 to 20 7.2 0.120 to 5.7
5 10 to 40 13.9 0.220 to 11.0
6 20 to 90* 13.9 0.220 to 11.0
105
pilot with electro-pneumatic control stage (for RMG 402, 502, 503)
The pneumatic pressure stages automati-

cally check the given minimal and maximal
values of the outlet pressure. If those max.
values are reached during operation, the
relevant stages take over control and hold
the pressure constant within the given limits.
The switching between the electronic control
(operated by the electro-pneumatic control
stage) and the outlet pressure restriction
through the pneumatic control stages runs
independantly and smoothly in both direc-
tions without any noticeable transition
effects.
The following tasks can be realized between
the min. and max. pressure limits:
❑ setpoint adjustment
- for a quick adapation of the setpoint to
often changing operational conditions
- for combining the regulator into a
process control system
❑ flow regulation
- for gas storage in tube networks and
tanks (optimization)
The pilot RMG 658 So consists of functional
- for meter protection
elements which are combined onto a main
❑ pressure regulation
base plate:
- combined with meter protection
1st stage automatic load limiting stage
through flow limitation to qB max
2nd stage control stage for minimal - with timer for daily/weekly programme
outlet pressure pa min for pressure control
3rd stage control stage for maximal - to reach a better control accuracy and
outlet pressure pa max control stability through an electronic
4th stage electro-pneumatic control PI-regulation
stage for conversion of electric
signals into pneumatic signals approved by DIN-DVGW in combination
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH pulse modulator RMG 110 see page 132
RMG-Leaflet 638.00
106
sectional drawing RMG 638 (electro-pneumatic control stage in contact)
double diaphragm pilot

system
magnet coil
throttle
connection for
electronic
regulator
RMG 110
start-up
valve
el.-pneum.
control stage
pa max -stage
pa min -stage
load limiting
stage
main valve
107
pneumatic pilot for regulators RMG 402, RMG 502 and RMG 503
❑ provided with inlet, load limiting, and
outlet pressure gauges and filter
RMG 905
control as an optional feature


pe max 100 bar

1 black 4,5 0.3 to 1*
5 green 8.0 10 to 40

RMG-Leaflet 640.00
108
pilot
control stage vent line
throttle double
diaphragm
system
measuring line
start-up discharge line

valve
setpoint spring
setpoint adjuster
main valve
109

RMG 905


pe max 100 bar

setpoint spring
in mm Wh in bar
0 black 4.5 0.3 to 1,0*
1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2.0
5 green 8.0 10 to 40

load limiting unit automatically above pa
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH *) version with enlargened diaphragm
RMG-Leaflet 650.00
110
control stage pilot
load limiting double diaphragm

stage system
measuring line
discharge throttle
breathing line
discharge line
loading pressure
line
setpoint spring
setpoint adjuster
main valve
111
Pressure Regulation Pilots RMG 651, 656, 659
pneumatic pilot with electric motor for setpoint adjustment

RMG 651:
pe max 100 bar
Pilot RMG 650 is basic module: For outlet
pressure regulation with remote setpoint
adjustment.
RMG 656:
pe max 100 bar
Pilot RMG 655 is basic module: For outlet
pressure regulation with remote setpoint
adjustment. Additionally the max. flow can be
limited to a value given by the differential
pressure stage.
RMG 659:
❑ pilot with electric setpoint adjuster for
pe max 100 bar
lines with changing operational conditions
❑ for remote setpoint adjustment through
Pilot RMG 658 So is basic module: For flow
central control stations
control (with differential pressure regulation)
❑ manual setpoint adjustment is possible at with remote setpoint adjustment. Additionally
the electric motor
the max. and min. outlet pressure values can
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non- be set: The working range is within these two
corrosive gaseous media limits.
❑ combined with electric motor and gearbox
connected to the outlet pressure stage
acc. to DIN/ISO 5210 T1 F10
Details about motors and electrical
connections upon request.

RMG-Leaflet 651.00
112
Pressure Regulation Pilots RMG 651, 656, 659
specific pressure ranges for RMG 651, RMG 656

setpoint spring
in mm Wh in bar
1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2
regulating stage 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
with diaphragm 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
4 red 7.0 5 to 20
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
regulating stage with metal white 9.0 20 to 90

spring outlet pressure range without pulse control with pulse control
no. in bar in bar/min in bar/min
1 0.5 to 2 1.3 0.020 to 1.0
2 1 to 5 2.1 0.040 to 1.7
3 2 to 10 3.1 0.050 to 2.5
4 5 to 20 7.2 0.120 to 5.7
5 10 to 40 13.9 0.220 to 11.0
6 20 to 90* 13.9 0.220 to 11.0
specific pressure ranges for RMG 659

setpoint spring
in mm Wa in bar
differential pressure stage black 2.25 0.050 to 1.2
113

❑ for inlet pressure control
RMG 905


pe max 100 bar

setpoint spring
in mm Wh in bar
2 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2
6 green 8.0 10 to 40
regulating stage with metal white 9.0 20 to 90
RMG-Leaflet 652.00
114
control stage pilot
load limiting double diaphragm

stage system
discharge throttle
breathing line
discharge line
loading pressure
line
setpoint spring
inlet pressure line setpoint adjuster
measuring line
main valve
115
pneumatic pilot for main valves
The pneumatic pressure stage automatically

checks the given minimal value of the outlet
pressure. If the outlet pressure drops to this
min. value during operation, the pa min-
control stage takes over and holds the
pressure constant. The switching between
the electronic control (operated by the
electro-pneumatic control stage) and the
outlet pressure control through the pneu-
matic control stage runs independently and
smoothly in both directions without any
noticeable transition effects.
Following tasks are possible:
❑ flow regulation
tanks (optimization)
The pilot RMG 655 So consists of functional - for meter protection
elements which are combined onto a main ❑ pressure regulation
base plate: - combined with meter protection
1st stage automatic load limiting stage through flow limitation to qB max
2nd stage control stage for the minimal - with timer for daily/weekly programme
outlet pressure pa min for pressure control
- to reach a better control accuracy and
3rd stage electro-pneumatic control
control stability through an electronic
PI-regulation
signals into pneumatic signals

RMG-Leaflet 655.00 pulse modulator RMG 110 see page 132
116
sectional view RMG 655 (electro-pneumatic stage in contact)
pilot double diaphragm

system
differential pressure
control stage measuring line
control stage pa min discharge valve
load limiting
stage RMG 110
discharge line
loading pressure
line
setpoint spring differential

pressure lines
setpoint adjuster
inlet pressure line
main valve
117
Pressure Regulation Pilot RMG 655 So
pneumatic pilot for main valves

❑ for outlet and differential pressure
control (flow rate)
❑ flowrate control by measuring signal as a
special feature
❑ three-stage pilot with load limiting stage,
control stage and differential pressure
control stage as interchangeable
RMG 905


pe max 100 bar
outlet pressure range Wh
outlet pressure 0.5 bar to 90 bar
differential pressure 0.050 bar to 1.2 bar

RMG-Leaflet 655.01
118
sectional view RMG 655 So (stage for max. outlet pressure (pa max) in contact)
differential pressure pilot

control stage
double diaphragm
control stage pa max system
load limiting measuring line

stage
discharge valve
discharge line
loading pressure
line
setpoint spring differential

pressure lines
setpoint adjuster
inlet pressure line
main valve
Attention: for orifice plates to be located on the inlet side, the differential pressure control
stage has to be equipped with a metal harmonica type measuring device.
119

setpoint spring
in mm Wh in bar
1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2
control stage 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
with type 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10
5 green 8.0 10 to 40

automatically over pa
differential pressure control stage black 2.3 0.05 to 1.2*
*) ∆p = 0 (zero flow) is adjustable
120
electro-pneumatic pilot for diaphragm-operated main valves
The pneumatic pressure stages automati-

cally check the given minimal and maximal
values of the outlet pressure. If those max.
values are reached during operation, the
relevant stages take over control and hold
the pressure constant within the given limits.
The switching between the electronic control
(operated by the electro-pneumatic control
stage) and the outlet pressure restriction
through the pneumatic control stages runs
independantly and smoothly in both direc-
tions without any noticeable transition
effects.
Following tasks are possible between the
min. and max. pressure limits:
❑ flow regulation
The pilot RMG 658 So consists of functional tanks (optimization)
elements which are combined onto a main - for meter protection
base plate: ❑ pressure regulation
1st stage automatic load limiting stage - combined with meter protection
2nd stage control stage for the minimal through flow limitation to qB max
outlet pressure pa min - with timer for daily/weekly programme
for pressure control
3rd stage control stage for the maximal
- to reach a better control accuracy and
outlet pressure pa max
control stability through an electronic
4th stage electro-pneumatic control PI-regulation
signals into pneumatic signals approved by DIN-DVGW in combination
RMG-Leaflet 658.00 pulse modulator RMG 110 see page 132
121
Series 600 - Pilot for pilot-operated Gas Pressure Regulator
sectional view RMG 658 (electro-pneumatic control stage regulating)
magnet coil connection for

electronic regulator
control stage pa max
control stage pa min
load limiting
stage
RMG 110
measuring
line
discharge
valve
discharge
line
loading
pressure
line
el.-pneumatic
setpoint spring
control stage
setpoint adjuster
inlet pressure line
main valve
122

❑ for gas pressure regulators operated by
auxiliary pressure taken from the inlet
duct
❑ for outlet and differential pressure control
with an additional outlet pressure control
stage
❑ specially designed for gas storage
❑ four-stage pilot with load limiting stage,
two control stages for max. and min. outlet
pressure, and a differential pressure
control stage as interchangeable
❑ provided with inlet, load limiting and outlet
pressure gauges and filter RMG 905
❑ the pilot function is performed by two
outlet pressure control stage adjusted
independently from each other to low limit
setpoint (control stage for pa min) and high
limit setpoint (control stage for pa max)
together with a differential pressure
control stage. The transition between the
functions of the stages is automatic.

pe max 100 bar
oulet pressure ranges Wh
outlet pressure pa min-stage
0.5 bar to 90 bar
outlet pressure pa max-stage
0.5 bar to 90 bar
differential pressure 0.050 bar to 1.2 bar
load limiting stage 1.0 bar to 10 bar above pa

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH with RMG main valves, the pilot is part of the
RMG-Leaflet 658.01 complete device according to DIN 3380
123
sectional drawing RMG 658 So (stage for max. outlet pressure (pa max) regulating)
differential pressure stage pilot
control stage pa max double diaphragm

system
control stage pa min
measuring line
load limiting
stage discharge valve
differential
setpoint spring pressure lines
setpoint adjuster
inlet pressure line
Attention: for orifice plates to be located on the inlet side the differential pressure control
stage has to be equipped with a metal harmonica type measuring device.
124

setpoint spring
no colour wire dia. adjustable pressure range
in mm Wh in bar
1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2
5 green 8.0 10 to 40
differential pressure control unit black 2.3 0.050 to 1.2
125
Pressure Regulation overview
Series 600 - station automation
RMG Station Automation
Nowadays the trend goes away from the

classical pneumatical regulation with electric
long-distance setpoint adjustment to modern
station automation technology. Gas pressure
regulators are thus combined more and
more into remote control systems for natural
gas distributing networks.
RMG offers system solutions adapted to

customers´ requests. From simple outlet
pressure control to complete station mana-
gement, anything is possible with RMG´s
easy-to-connect modules!
In co-operation with the customer, RMG
works out performance specifications which
are set into practice by our experienced
programmers. Before going into everyday
use each system is tested intensively in our
trial field. Initiation time on site is thus
reduced considerably.
Elements for RMG Station Automation: page
- Compact System SCS 2001 127
- Station Control System SCS 2200 128
- Station Control System SCS 2500 130
- Pilot RMG 638 106
- Pilot RMG 655, RMG 658 116, 121
- Pulse Modulator RMG 110 132
126
Pressure Regulation Compact System SCS 2001
Compact System SCS 2001
❑ modern, low-budget decentralized Application examples:

automation system (the order of the following list can be varied
❑ hardware basis is Protronic 500/550 in priority to fit any demands):
❑ RMG-own Software
❑ independent pressure- and flow - outlet pressure regulation
regulation - inlet pressure regulation
❑ steering and controlling functions for the - meter protection
regulating line - standard flow control
❑ LC-display shows all relevant data with - position regulation for electr. and pneum.
physical units valves
❑ graphical display shows trend curves - Wobbe regulation
❑ regulating tasks, errors, and working - ratio control for gas mixture regulation
status shown in full text - by-pass and cascade control
❑ process connections with standard E/A - gas temperature control
(dew point guidance optional)
- reference quantity optimization (acc. to
hour or daily rate)
Additionally to the display of the SCS 2001 - quantity conversion acc. to AGA - NX - 19
RMG offers also the possibility of a visuali- (for non-custody transfer)
zation on site, or a remote visualization. Also - automatic switching of regulating and
for this case RMG works out solutions accor- metering lines
ding to customers´ requests. Apart from the - odourizing control
start-up of the system and it´s dynamical
processing values, it is possible to collect
and to show messages and error quotes.
The flexible programming of the
automatization systems PROTRONIC 500 /
550 realizes the fast conversion of complex
regulative and controllable technical tasks.
127
Pressure Regulation Station Control System SCS 2200
Stationskontrollsystem
The System 2200 is constructed in modular

units, so that single modules or a combi-
nation of the following can be combined in
one housing:
• station control system SCS 2200

supervises the regulating, steering, and the
alarm signals
• volume corrector ERZ 2200

Flow-Computer, can be used as officially
calibrated base volume corrector, as
calorific value corrector or asdifferential
pressure corrector
• tariff recorder MRG 2200

officially calibrated data logging system
❑ When extended to the maximum, the ERZ

2200 consists of the basic unit, the
regulating unit and the DSfG-DFÜ-unit. All
3 units are combined in one 19“ rack-
mounting unit
❑ easy-to-use plain-speech menues
❑ measuring values and signals shown in
text form
approved by PTB
RMG Meßtechnik GmbH

RMG Information 3.831
128
functional groups: functions incorporated in every group:
station control system SCS 2200 f) remote signalling and control

- DSfG- or Modbus-communication
a) regulation - communication for remote regulation
- gas pressure and flow regulation with - modem connection
pneumatic or electric valve systems
- pre-heater regulation with optimized g) other functions
steering of the boiler - volume correction (cannot be calibrated)
- regulation of the heating system in a gas for several meters
station - DSfG radio-signal clock for synchronizing
the complete system
b) steering
- switching of lines or meters acc. to flow
values
- control of the odorizing dosing pump
- switching of pumps in heating systems
c) supervision
- analog and binary supervision and
recording of signals, and documentation
thereof
- supervision of filters via differential
pressure
- comparing of signals, i.e. comparing
meters positioned in a row
volume corrector ERZ 2200
d) officially calibrated volume correction

- base volume correction
- calorific value correction
- density/mass correction (optional)
- differential pressure corrrector
tariff recorder MRG 2200
e) data logging and recording of

- events (messages)
- working data
- calibrated tariff data (MRG-tasks)
129
station control system
The station control system SCS 2500 can overview of the single components:
accomplish all automized tasks desired in
natural gas distributing stations. The
compact pilot system combines all the
advantages of freely programmable and Engineering- SCS 2500
conventional process management systems. station management
The functionality and quality of regulation -

as known in the RMG automatisation system
SCS 2001 (Protronic 500/550) and in use
successfully several hundred times - can be
integrated completely into the SCS 2500. ethernet
Standardized programming codes acc. to

IEC 1131-3 and the close resemblance
SCS 2500
between Freelance 2000 and Protronic 500/
field bus: single station
550 reduces the necessary programming to
a minimum. This also cuts down engineering MODBUS or
costs considerably. PROFIBUS DP standard E/A
The user interface of the process manage-

ment system was adapted to the needs of
gas offtake stations. SCS 2001
130
engineering station SCS 2500 single station

(standard portable PC, laptop) (modular E/A-units with optional CPU
• configuring and program encoding for redundancy)
• superposed steering and regulating tasks
process management and pilot tasks
• flow optimization
• putting into operation and functional tests
• pressure and flow regulation, direct control
SCS 2500 management of the regulating line
(standard portable PC or industrial PC) • coupling of secondary automizing systems
• process visualization • data logging and forwarding
• process control (locked through user ID) • remote connections
• trend visualization
• signal management
• protocol and filing tasks
example of
the user
interface
131
Pressure Regulation pulse modulator RMG 110a
pulse modulator
❑ for controlling the electro-pneumatic
loading pressure stage of the pilots
RMG 638, RMG 655, RMG 658
❑ to transpose an electric analog signal into
a pulse signal
❑ choice of the characteristic line
(increasing or decreasing) through
jumpers
❑ adjustable zero point, divergence and
frequency (basic adjustment upon
delivery)
❑ mounting through snapping onto DIN-rails
inlet
0/4-20 mA or 10 V
outlet
24V pulse signal
The pulse modulator RMG 110a is used as
link between the electronic regulating system modulation frequency
(i.e. Protronic regulator) and the electro- max. 2 kHz
pneumatic regulating stage
power supply
24 VDC
current consumption
max. 1.5 A

RMG-Leaflet 110.00
132
Pressure Regulation notes
133
overview
134
actuator gas pressure regulator safety shut-off-
with incorporated SAV device (SAV)
adjustable range
type system overpressure underpressure
release release
Who Whu
RMG 711
RMG 300
RMG 330
RMG 332
RMG 361
RMG 402
RMG 408
RMG 503
RMG 530
RMG 703
RMG 704
RMG 720
RMG 721
RMG 730
RMG 731
in bar in bar
Pressure Regulation
K 1a RMG 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

K 2a 673 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400 ● ● ● ● ● ●
K 4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060 ● ● ● ● ●
RMG
K 5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120 ● ● ● ● ●
674
direct-acting
K 6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300 ● ● ● ●
K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
K 11a/1 RMG 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000 ● ●1 ●1 ●
K 11a/2 672 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200 ● ●1 ●1 ●
K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.100 to 2.000 ● ● ●2 ●
K 13 4.000 to 30 0.500 to 6.000 ● ● ●2 ●
K 15a RMG 675 0.030 to 10 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
K 16 RMG 670 0.800 to 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
switching device
K 17 RMG 671 2 to 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
shut-off valves with

actuators for safety
K 18 RMG 670 20 to 90 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
K 19 RMG 671 20 to 90 ● ● ● ● ● ●
❍ ) only up to PN 16 (pzul = 16 bar)

1) only for sizes up to DN 150
2) only for sizes from DN 200 upward
Series 600 - Actuators for Safety Shut-Off Valves and Safety Relief Valves
Notes
Pressure Regulation Overview Table
re-engagement differential ∆ po and ∆ pu
The re-engagement differential is defined as overpressure release pso

follows:
After overpressure release the pressure re-engagement differential ∆po
prevailing at the safety shut-off measuring
point must be reduced by the value of ∆po, outlet pressure range
and after underpressure cut-off the outlet where safe re-engagement
pressure has to be increased by the stated is possible
value ∆pu, before re-engaging the safety
shut-off valve to position “valve open“.
re-engagement differential ∆pu
Additionally a minimum pressure differential
underpressure release psu
has to be observed between pso and psu:
135
Pressure Regulation Actuator Systems RMG 670, RMG 671
actuators K 16, K 18 (system RMG 670) for overpressure release

for safety shut-off valves (SAV) and safety relief valves (SBV)
actuator K 17, K 19 (system RMG 671) for underpressure release
for safety shut-off valves
❑ actuators for safety shut-off valves, pilot- max. operating pressure p max 100 bar
operated and working with their own
medium; the actuator is a part of this adjustable ranges for SAV-release:
device according to DIN 3381 overpressure K 16, K 18
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non- Who 1 bar to 90 bar
corrosive gaseous media underpressure K 17, K 19
❑ high response accuracy Whu 2 bar to 90 bar
❑ response pressure can be brought very adjustable ranges for SBV-release
close to the pressure to be controlled K 16, K 18 Wh 2 bar to 90 bar
approved by DIN-DVGW
❑ K 18 with metal harmonica type
measuring unit with RMG main valves
actuators K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19

setpoint spring overpressure release underpressure release
re-engagement re-engagement response
adjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆pu precision
response between response between category
range response press. range response press.
Who and normal Whu and normal
wire dia. service pressure service pressure
no. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG**
0* blue 3.2 0.8 to 1.3 0.1 2.5
1 black 4.5 1 to 5 0.2 2.5 / 1
K16
2 grey 5.0 2 to 10 0.4 1
3 brown 6.3 5 to 20 0.8 1
4 red 7.0 10 to 40 1.2 1
2 grey 5.0 2 to 10 0.4 1
K17 3 brown 6.3 5 to 20 0.8 1
4 red 7.0 10 to 40 1.2 1
K18 1 9.0 20 to 90 1.5 1
K19 1 9.0 20 to 90 1.5 1
*) not to be used for RMG 711, DN 25 to DN 150: here the adjustment rangeWho for spring 2 begins at 0.8 bar
**) The higher values are valid for the first half of the adjustment range
136
Pressure Regulation Actuator Systems RMG 670, RMG 671
sectional drawing RMG 670, K 16 (for overpressure release)
pressure converter
setpoint adjuster
switch device
setpoint spring
knob for
double diaphragm
manual
system
release
measuring
line
sectional drawing RMG 671, K 17 (for underpressure release)

pressure converter
setpoint adjuster
switch device
setpoint spring
knob for
manual
double diaphragm
release
system
measuring
line
137
Pressure Regulation Actuator System RMG 672
actuators K 10a, K 11a/1, K 11a/2, K 12, K 13 (system RMG 672)

❑ for safety shut-off valves; the actuator is a max. operating pressure p max 100 bar
part of this device according to DIN 3381
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non- adjustable ranges:
corrosive gaseous media overpressure release
❑ high temperature range Who 0.050 bar to 30 bar
❑ easy operation and maintenance underpressure release
❑ K 11a/1 with diaphragm measuring unit Whu 0.010 bar to 6 bar
K 11a/2 with piston-type measuring unit
with RMG main valves
138
actuators K 10a, K 11a/1, K 11a/2, K 12, K 13

adjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆pu precision
no. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG
1* yellow 2.5 0.050 to 0.100 0.030 10/5
2 bright red 3.2 0.080 to 0.250 0.050 10/5
3 dark red 3.6 0.2 to 0.5 0.100 5/2.5
4 white 4.8 0.4 to 1.5 0.250 5/2.5
K10a
5 light blue 1.1 0.010 to 0.015 0.012 15
6 white 1.2 0.014 to 0.040 0.030 15/5
7 black 1.4 0.035 to 0.120 0.060 5
1 bright red 3.2 0.4 to 0.8 0.10 10/5
2 dark red 3.6 0.6 to 1.6 0.20 10/5
K11a/1 3 white 4.8 1.5 to 4.5 0.30 5/2.5
4 light blue 1.1 0.060 to 0.150 0.050 15/5
5 black 1.4 0.120 to 0.400 0.080 5
6 bright red 2.3 0.350 to 1.000 0.100 5
3 white 4.8 2.5 to 8.0 0.50 10/5
K11a/2
6 bright red 2.3 0.8 to 2.2 0.4 15/5
1 li. green 5.0 0.5 to 1.5 0.25 5/2.5
2 yellow 6.3 1.0 to 3.0 0.50 2.5/1
3 bright red 8.0 2.0 to 8.0 1.00 2.5/1
K12
4 white 2.0 0.1 to 0.2 0.2 15
5 light blue 2.8 0.150 to 0.8 0.4 15/5
6 black 3.6 0.5 to 2.0 0.8 15/5
2 yellow 6.3 4 to 14 2.0 2.5/1
3 bright red 8.0 7 to 30 4.0 2.5/1
K13 4 white 2.0 0.5 to 1.2 0.8 15
5 light blue 2.8 0.7 to 3.5 1.5 15/5
6 black 3.6 1.5 to 6.0 3.5 15/5
*) not to be used for SAV RMG 711, DN 25 to DN 150
**) The higher values are valid for the first half of the adjustment range
139
sectional drawing RMG 672, K 10a (for RMG 711 DN 200 up to DN 300, RMG 721 and
RMG 731)
setpoint adjuster
setpoint springs
switching valve RMG 919
ball release
mechanism
switch device
measuring
push-button
diaphragm
for manual
release
measuring
line
movement
deviation
sectional drawing RMG 672, K 11a/1 (for RMG 711 DN 25 up to DN 150)

switch device
switching valve RMG 919 push-button

for manual
measuring line release
measuring
diaphragm
setpoint adjuster
setpoint springs
ball release mechanism
140
sectional drawing RMG 672, K 12 (for RMG 711 DN 200 to DN 300 and RMG 721)
setpoint adjuster
setpoint springs
release/
movement
deviation
measuring
diaphragm
measuring
line
141
actuators K 1a, K 2a (system RMG 673)

❑ for safety shut-off valves; the actuator is a max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar
part of this device according to DIN 3381
corrosive gaseous media overpressure release
❑ high temperature range Who 0.040 bar to 4.50 bar
❑ easy operation and maintenance underpressure release
adjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆po precision
no. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG*
1 yellow 2.5 0.040 to 0.100 0.030 10/5
2 bright red 3.2 0.080 to 0.250 0.050 10/5
3 dark red 3.6 0.2 to 0.5 0.100 5/2.5
K1a 4 white 4.8 0.5 to 1.5 0.250 5/2.5
5 yellow 1.0 0.010 to 0.015 0.012 15
6 white 1.2 0.014 to 0.040 0.030 15/5
7 black 1.4 0.035 to 0.120 0.060 5
2 bright red 3.2 0.4 to 0.8 0.1 10/5
3 dark red 3.6 0.6 to 1.6 0.2 10/5
K2a 4 white 4.75 1.5 to 4.5 0.3 5/2.5
5 light blue 1.1 0.060 to 0.150 0.050 15/5
6 black 1.4 0.120 to 0.400 0.100 5
*) The higher values are valid for the first half of the adjustment range
142
sectional drawing RMG 673, K 1a and K 2a (for RMG 300, RMG 330 and RMG 332)
setpoint adjuster
setpoint springs
ball release
mechanism
measuring
diaphragm
measuring
line
integrated
by-pass valve
SAV valve plate
143
actuators K 4, K 5, K 6 (system RMG 674)

❑ for safety shut-off devices; the actuator is max. operating pressure pmax 25 bar
a part of this device according to
DIN 3381 adjustable ranges:
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non- overpressure release
corrosive gaseous media Who 0.020 bar to 4.5 bar
❑ high temperature range underpressure release
❑ easy operation and maintenance Whu 0.004 bar to 0.300 bar
adjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆po precision
no. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG*
2 bright red 3.2 0.040 to 0.100 0.020 5/2.5
3 dark red 3.6 0.080 to 0.250 0.030 2.5
K4 4 black 4.5 0.200 to 0.500 0.060 2.5/1
5 light blue 1.1 0.005 to 0.020 0.010 15/5
6 black 1.4 0.015 to 0.060 0.020 5
3 dark red 3.6 0.2 to 0.8 0.1 2.5
4 black 4.5 0.6 to 1.5 0.2 2.5/1
K5 5 light blue 1.1 0.015 to 0.050 0.030 15/5
6 schwarz 1.4 0.040 to 0.120 0.060 5
3 dark red 3.6 0.6 to 2.0 0.2 2.5
4 black 4.5 1.5 to 4.5 0.4 2.5/1
K6 5 light blue 1.1 0.040 to 0.120 0.060 15/5
6 black 1.4 0.120 to 0.300 0.120 5
144
setpoint adjuster
setpoint springs
ball release
mechanism
measuring line
measuring diaphragm
closing spring
integrated
by-pass valve
SAV valve plate
push-button for
re-engagement
145
actuator K 15 (system RMG 675)

❑ for safety shut-off devices (overpressure max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar
release only)
corrosive gaseous media Who 0.030 bar to 1 bar
❑ high response accuracy; small re- valve seat diameter 3 mm
engagement differentials
❑ simple operation and maintenance connections:
❑ can be installed in the measuring line of screw connections without brazing acc. to
the SAV DIN 2353 for tube external diameter 12 mm
acutators K 15a (only up to pzul = 16 bar)

setpoint spring overpressure release
re-engagement
differential ∆po response
response between precision
range response press. category
Who and normal
wire dia. service pressure
no. colour in mm in bar in bar AG*
1 grey 0.03 to 0.045 0.005 5
2 yellow 0.035 to 0.10 0.01 5/2.5
3 ivory 0.08 to 0.20 0.02 2.5/1
K15a 4 bright red 0.15 to 0.30 0.03 1
5 dark red 0.25 to 0.40 0.04 1
6 light blue 0.30 to 0.50 0.05 1
7 dark blue 0.45 to 1.00 0.10 1
146
setpoint adjuster
setpoint spring
valve plate
measuring
diaphragm
connection to
release system
147
Pressure Regulation Overview-Table for Safety Shut-Off Valves
Series 700, Safety Shut-Off Valves
necessary safety devices for gas pressure regulating stations according

to German Regulations G 490 / G 491
148
overview
max. adjustment range pipe size in mm
operating for
description series type pressure over- under-
pressure pressure
25
40
50
80
pmax
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
release release
in bar Who in bar Whu in bar
RMG 703 100 0.04 to 90 0.01 to 40 ● ❍ ❍
Pressure Regulation
RMG 704 100 0.05 to 90 0.01 to 40 ● ❍ ❍

safety RMG 711 100 0.05 to 90 0.01 to 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
shut-off 700 RMG 720 16 0.03 to 4.5 0.005 to 0.4 ● ● ● ● ●
valve RMG 721 40 0.03 to 40 0.01 to 40 ● ● ● ●
(SSV) RMG 730 250 1.0 to 90 - ● ●

RMG 731 100 0.05 to 40 0.01 to 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
RMG 790
for gas 100 2.0 to 10 - ● ● ● ● ●
pre-heaters
RMG 670 100 1 to 90 -
safety RMG 832 100 0.005 to 30 - various
relief valve 800 RMG 835 25 0.005 to 2 - tube connections
(SBV) RMG 873 100 10 to 100 - < DN 25
pilot- sizes DNE = DNA:

operated DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
safety 800 RMG 850 100 1 to 90 - (Different noise-reducing outlet
relief valve expansions available)
(SBV)
Overview-Table for Safety Shut-Off Valves
❍ with connecting pieces
149
Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Device RMG 703
twin safety shut-off device for various actuators with diff. release ranges

❑ to be provided with actuators
K 1a, K 2a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19
❑ shut-off reaction at diaphragm rupture

(depending on type of connection and
special feature upon customers´ request)
adjustable ranges (see pages 134 ff.)
connections
inlet and outlet:
screw connections without brazing
DIN 2353, PN 100, for exterior pipe diameter
10 mm to 42 mm;
flanged to DIN PN 25, PN 40,
❑ safety shut-off valve for municipal,
ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,
industrial, and individual consumers
ANSI 600 RF/RTJ with adaptors of DN 25,
❑ suitable for small flowrate regulating lines
DN 40, DN 50
within large volume gas pressure
regulating stations
response time t 0.1 s to 0.3 s
gaseous media
special features upon customer´s request
❑ two independent safety shut-off devices
❑ electromagnetic release upon current
(SSV) in one body (twin body) supply
❑ compact and simple design
❑ electric remote indication of valve position
„closed“ (proximity switch)
❑ manual release
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH ❑ screw connection adaptors for combina-
RMG-Leaflet 703.00 tion with regulator RMG 200 or RMG 201
150
Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Device RMG 703
adjustable pressure ranges of actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)
K 1a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
K 16 0.800 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
K 18 20.0 to 90.0
K 19 20.0 to 90.0
151
Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Valve RMG 704
safety shut-off device for various actuators with different release ranges
❑ compact and simple design

K 1a, K 2a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19
(depending on type of connection and
special feature upon customers´ request)
adjustable ranges (see pages 134 ff.)
connections
inlet and outlet:
screw connections without brazing to
DIN 2353, PN 100 for exterior pipe diameter
10 mm to 42 mm;
flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40
❑ safety shut-off valve for municipal, ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,
industrial, and individual consumers ANSI 600 RF/RTJ with adaptors of DN 25,
❑ suitable for small flowrate regulating DN 40, DN 50
regulating stations response time t 0.1 s to 0.3 s
gaseous media special feature upon customer´s request
supply
❑ manual release
❑ screw connection adaptors for combina-
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH tion with regulator RMG 200 or RMG 201
RMG-Leaflet 703.00
152
adjustable pressure ranges of actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)
K 1a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
K 16 0.800 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
K 18 20.0 to 90.0
K 19 20.0 to 90.0
153
Series 700, Safety Shut-Off Valves DN 25 to DN 150

and distribution systems, for gas supply to
industrial and power plants
❑ low pressure drop due to in-line flow
❑ four tripping possibilities; standard version
with manual release
❑ high response accuracy
K 10a, K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19
max. operating pressure pmax to 100 bar

(depending on type of connection)
adjustable range (see pages 134 ff.)
connections
DN 25 to DN 150
flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40, ANSI 300
RF/RTJ, ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
special feature upon customers´request

supply and/or failure
RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH ❑ electric remote indication of valve position
RMG-Leaflet 711.00 (DN 25 to DN 150) „closed“ (proximity switch)
154
pipe size flanged to DIN flanged to
ANSI ANSI ANSI
PN 25/40 300 RF 300 RJ 600 RF/RJ
DN 25 170 170 180 180
DN 50 230 230 240 250
DN 80 280 290 300 310
DN 100 320 330 340 350
DN 150 430 440 450 470
adjustable pressure ranges of SAV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)
K 10a 0.080 to 1.500 0.010 to 0.120
K 11a/1 0.4 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000
K 11a/2 2.5 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200
K 16 * 0.8 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
K 18 20.0 to 90.0
K 19 20.0 to 90.0
*) adjustment range for DN 150 begins at 1.0 bar
155
Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Valves RMG 711

❑ simple design, easy maintenance; easy
replacement of internal parts without
dismantling valve from line; can be
operated from either side
❑ four tripping possibilities;
standard version with manual release
K 10a, K 12, K 13, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19

(depending on type of connection)
connections
DN 200, DN 250, DN 300
flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40, ANSI 300
RF/RTJ, ANSI 600 RF/RTJ
response time t 0.1s to 0.5 s
RMG-Leaflet 711.01 (DN 200 to DN 300)
156
Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Valves RMG 711
pipe size flanged to DIN flanged to
PN 25; PN 40 ANSI 300 RF/RJ ANSI 600 RF/RJ
DN 200 725 725 725
DN 250 730 775 775
DN 300 800 800 800
K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.100 to 2.0
K 13 0.400 to 30.0 0.500 to 6.0
K 16 0.800 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
K 18 20.0 to 90.0
157

❑ compact design; small face-to-face
dimensions
❑ can be provided with actuators
K 1a, K 2a, K 15a (DN 25),
K 4, K 5, K 6, K 16 (from DN 50)

connections
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
flanged to DIN PN 16 and PN 25
(DN 50 to DN 100), ANSI 150 RF

supply
❑ venting valve RMG 919
(enables shut-off reaction at diaphragm
RMG-GASELAN Regel + Meßtechnik GmbH rupture)
RMG-Leaflet 720.00
158
pipe size DN 25*) DN 50 DN 80 DN 100
dimensions in mm 184 254 298 352
*) DN 25 ANSI 150 only up to pzul 16 bar
K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
K4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060
K5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120
K6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300
K 15a 0.030 to 1.0
K 16 0.800 to 40.0
159

and power plants
❑ compact design; small face-to-face
dimensions
with manual release
K 10a, K 12, K 13, K 15a, K 16, K 17

connections
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25, PN 40,
ANSI 150 RF and 300 RF

RMG-GASELAN Regel + Meßtechnik GmbH „closed“ (proximity switch)
RMG-Leaflet 731.00
160
pipe size DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150
dimensions in mm 254 298 352 451
dimensions for ANSI 150 (mm) 254 318 368 473
K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.1 to 2.0
K 13 4.0 to 30.0 0.5 to 6.0
K 15a 0.030 to 1.0
K 16 0.8 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
161
safety shut-off valve with valve sleeve

systems, and for gas caverns
❑ valve sleeve surrounded by driving piston
❑ valve sleeve with double sealing and
inbetween ventilation
❑ at option: sleeve driven by auxiliary power
(compressed air) or gas pressure
❑ several release possibilities (pneumatic or
electrical)
❑ switching device with mechanical division
between high pressure and steering
pressure
❑ adjustable closing time
max. operating pressure pmax: 250 bar

adjustable pressure ranges (spring ranges
see pages 134 ff.)
connections:
flanged acc. to ANSI 600, ANSI 900, and
ANSI 1500
in DN 250 and DN 300
response time can be adjusted

RMG-Leaflet 730.00
162
dimensions
size face-to-face dimension in mm weight in kg
DN 250 1100 2000
DN 300 1100 2200
actuator overpressure release re-engagement differential between
Who in bar response pr. and service pr. in bar
K 16 1.0 to 40.0 dependant on spring range
K 18* 20.0 to 90.0 1.5
*) actuator type RMG 670 with metal harmonica measuring unit
switching device RMG 680
163

with manual release
K 10a, K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18
❑ same face-to-face dimensions as SAV
types GSDK and GSDK-A

connections
DN 25 to DN 300
flanged to DIN PN 10, PN 16, PN 25, PN 40
and ANSI 150, ANSI 300
response time t 0.1s to 0.3s

RMG-GASELAN Regel + Meßtechnik GmbH ❑ electric remote indication of valve position
RMG-Leaflet 731.00 „closed“ (proximity switch)
164
body material DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 300
GS 400 500 580 680
GGG 380 480 570 660
K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 11a/1 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000
K 11a/2 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200
K 16 0.800 to 40.0
K 17 2.0 to 40.0
165
safety shut-off valve with integrated actuator for the hot water circuit of
gas pre-heater
❑ for protection of tank device of the hot
water circuit of the gas pre-heater
❑ can be installed in fore-run and return-run
of the hot water circuit
❑ easy installation
❑ small pressure loss
❑ easy operating control
tested by DVGW
max. operating pressure pmax up to 160 bar

(acc. to pressure stage)
connections
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
without flange, for installation between
flanges DIN PN 10/16, PN 25, PN 40,
and flanges acc. to ANSI 300, ANSI 600
adjustable ranges Wh
actuator/ adjustable range Wh response pressure
setpoint spring of the SAV in bar variation AG
K1/ F1 2.0 to 2.5 5
K1/ F2 2.5 to 3.5 2.5
K1/ F3 3.5 to 16 2.5
pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150
face-to-face dim. in mm 140 160 160 160 240
RMG-GASELAN Regel + Meßtechnik GmbH

RMG-Leaflet 790.00
166
Installation Examples
1) arrow for the installation direction 5) sealing liquid

(arrow must point to heat exchanger) 6) connection for pressurization
2) flange on the heat producer on Seite 7) control gauge I
3) shut-off valves 8) control gauge II
4) discharge line
167
Pressure Regulation Tables of Determination
Series 800 - Safety Relief Devices
The table below gives a survey of all RMG-valves to be used as safety relief devices (SBV)
overview
max. adjustable range
valve description type operating pressure Wh
pmax in bar in bar
safety relief valve (SBV), RMG 832 100 0.500 to 30
direct acting, RMG 835 1, 16, 25 0.005 to 2
spring-loaded RMG 873 100 10 to 100
safety relief valve (SBV), RMG 850
pilot-operated by auxiliary energy with actuator 100 2 to 90
taken from the inlet pressure *) RMG 670
*) regulators with RS 10d...E or actuator RMG 652 can also be used as safety relief valves
168
Pressure Regulation Safety Relief Device RMG 832
spring-loaded safety relief valve

❑ for municipal gas distribution systems and
industrial
❑ for installation downstream of gas
pressure regulators to vent away gas
leakages and avoid premature release of
safety shut-off devices (SAV)
gaseous media
❑ easy and compact design

adustable range Wh 0.5 to 30 bar
connections
inlet and outlet:
DIN 2353 for exterior pipe diameter
inlet: 12 mm, outlet: 20 mm
adjustable range
setpoint spring response
colour wire dia. adjustable response pressure precision cat.
no. in mm in bar AG*
1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2.0 5 / 2.5
2 yellow 5.6 1.0 to 4.0 2.5 / 1
3 brown 6.3 2.0 to 8.0 2.5 / 1
4 red 7.0 4.0 to 16.0 2.5 / 1
5 green 8.0 12.0 to 30.0 2.5 / 1
*) The higher values are valid for the lower half of the adjustment range

RMG-Leaflet 832.00
169

❑ for municipal gas distribution systems and
industrial applications
❑ for installation downstream of gas
pressure regulators to vent away gas
leakages and avoid premature release of
safety shut-off devices (SAV)
gaseous media
❑ easy and compact design

pmax 4 bar, 16 bar, 25 bar
adjustable range Wh 0.005 bar to 2 bar
valve seat dia.

3 mm (measuring unit 0)
25 mm (measuring units 1 and 2)
connections
inlet and outlet:
- PN 4 - internal thread G 1
- PN 16 and 25 - screw connection without
brazing to DIN 2353 exterior pipe diameter
12 mm (measuring unit 0)
28 mm (measuring units 1 and 2)

RMG-Leaflet 835.00
170
adjustable range
setpoint spring adjustable response pressure in bar
no. colour measuring unit 0 measuring unit 1 measuring unit 2
1 grey 0.020 to 0.045 0.005 to 0.030 -
2 yellow 0.035 to 0.100 0.015 to 0.075 -
3 ivory 0.080 to 0.200 0.040 to 0.150 -
4 bright red 0.150 to 0.300 0.075 to 0.200 -
5 dark red 0.250 to 0.400 0.100 to 0.300 0.200 to 0.600
6 light blue 0.300 to 0.500 0.150 to 0.400 0.300 to 0.800
7 dark blue 0.450 to 1.000 0.200 to 1.000 0.400 to 2.000
response precision category

adjustable response pressure response precision AG* response precision AG*
in bar for measuring unit 0 and 1 for measuring unit 2
0.005 to 0.050 5 / 10
> 0.050 to 0.100 2.5 / 5
> 0.100 to 2.000 1 / 2.5
0.2 to 0.4 5
> 0.4 to 2.0 2.5
*) The higher values are valid for the lower half of the adjustment range
171
pilot-operated safety relief valve

systems, for gas supply to industrial
❑ suitable for full capacity relief
gaseous media
❑ in-line flow
❑ quick reaction
❑ can be provided with noise-reducing
outlet duct system RMG 512

(depending on inlet large pressure rating)
adjustable range Wh 2 bar to 90 bar
valve seat dia. = inlet pipe size
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100
flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40,ANSI 300
and ANSI 600
with noise reducting outlet duct:
flanged only to ANSI 600 RF

RMG-Leaflet 850.00
172
adjustable range
setpoint spring max. permissible min. differential response
service pressure between normal precision
actuator no. wire dia. adjustable of measuring service pressure category
type range diaphragm and response press.
Typ Wh pzul ∆p
in mm in bar in bar in bar AG*
1 4.5 2 to 5 40 0.5 2.5 / 1
2 5.0 2 to 10 40 0.6 1
RMG 670 3 6.3 5 to 20 40 1.0 1
4 7.0 10 to 40 50 1.5 1
5 9.0 20 to 90** 100 2.0 1
**) metal harmonica type measuring unit
face-to-face dimensions (measurements in mm)

size flanged to PN flanged to ANSI
inlet outlet 25 and 40 300 RF 300 RJ 600 RF/RJ
25 200 197 210 210
25 100* 360 359 365 365
150* 360 359 365 365
50 270 267 283 286
50 150* 422 421 429 430
200* 422 421 429 430
80 310 318 333 337
80
250* 512 516 523 525
100 370 368 384 394
100
300* 548 548 555 560
150 508 508 508
150
400* 760 760 760
173

and distribution systems, for industrial
and power plant supply
❑ direct acting with proportional opening
characteristic
❑ easy maintenance
-registration, DIN-DVGW and TÜV

approval

adjustable range Wh 10 bar to 100 bar
minimal flow dia. 8 mm
connections
inlet and outlet:
screw connection to DIN 2353, PN 100,
for external pipe diameter
inlet: 12 mm
outlet: 20 mm

RMG-Leaflet 873.00
174
adustable range
setpoint spring adjustable response pressure spring dia.
in bar in mm
F1 10 to 50 7
F2 40 to 100 8
response precision category

adjustable response range response precision
in bar AG
10 to 25 2.5
25 to 100 1
175
Pressure Regulation Gas Pre-Heater RMG 900
Series 900 - Filters, Valves and other Functional Elements
electric explosion-proof gas pre-heater

❑ for gas-preheating of pneumatic pilots
corrosive gaseous media,also for sour
gas
❑ the gas is fed throught a steel cast pipe
into an aluminium block
❑ the thermal transfer is effected by heating
up a self-regulating coil inside the
aluminium block
-registration, PTB approval

service voltage 220 V 50 Hz
power consumption 150 W
max. temperature of the aluminium block
under room temperature (+ 21°C)
tmax + 115°C
connections
inlet and outlet:
DIN 2353, PN 200, for external pipe dia.
10 mm
explosion protection to VDE 0171/5.78:

EEx de II CT3

RMG-Leaflet 900.00
176
Pressure Regulation Fine Mesh Filter RMG 905
fine-mesh filter
❑ for pneumatic pilots
❑ can be used as filter block in a parallel
set up (special feature)
corrosive gaseous media; special
versions for sour gas and oxygen
❑ large filtration area
❑ high filtration efficiency
❑ easy maintenance (easy exchange of
filter element)
❑ low flow resistance (negligible pressure
drop)
max. operating pressure pmax 100 (250) bar

filter area 247 cm2
filter grade 5 µm to 7 µm
flow resistance:
- new filter element ∆p 0.1 bar
- max. value for polluted filter insert
∆pmax 1 bar
(clean or exchange insert at max. value)
connections
inlet and outlet
screw connections without brazing to DIN
2353, PN 100, for external pipe dia. 10 mm

RMG-Leaflet 905.00
177
Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 906 and RMG 906a
cellular filter
❑ for municipal distribution systems,
❑ small face-to-face dimensions
❑ easily interchangebale cartridges
❑ easy cleaning

RMG-Leaflet 906.00
178
Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 906 and RMG 906a
RMG 906: RMG 906a:
max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar ❑ two-stage dust separator

flow resistance: ❑ option: magnet insert for prefiltration
- polluted filter insert max. ∆pmax 0.5 bar max. operating pressure pmax 25 bar
connections
connection inlet and outlet:
inlet and outlet: DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100 flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25, ANSI 150
flanged to DIN PN 16 (body material: ductile iron)
(body material: aluminium cast)
otherwise same as RMG 906
DN 150
flanged to DIN PN 16 according to
DIN 28605 (body material: ductile iron)
filter material: special paper
face-to-face dimensions, volume of pressure chamber

RMG 906 140 210 268 318 400
in mm RMG 906a 190 260 330 380
volume of the pressure RMG 906 0.45 1.6 5.1 11.5 34
chamber in I (litre) RMG 906a 0.8 3.5 11 20
filter area in m 2 0.05 0.19 0.57 0.93 2.26
179
Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 907
angular filter
❑ for municipal distribution systems,

❑ small face-to-face dimensions
❑ easily interchangable cartridge
❑ easy cleaning
tested by DVGW

flow resistance:
- polluted filter insert max. ∆pmax 0.5 bar
connections
inlet and outlet:
DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
(body material: cast aluminium)
filter material: special paper

RMG-Leaflet 907.00
180
Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 907
angular dimensions (face-to-face), volume of pressure chamber

pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100
angular dimensions* in mm 78 123 134 159
volume of the pressure
0.3 1.4 4.1 7.5
chamber in I (litre)
filter area in m2 0.05 0.19 0.57 0.93
*) from centre of body or centre of outlet flange to pipe connection
181
Pressure Regulation Push Button Valve RMG 910a
push button contact valve with service position „closed”
❑ by-pass valve for safety shut-off devices

❑ for use in test lines for safety shut-off
devices
❑ the valve can be opened by pushing the
lever; it closes automatically into its
service position upon release.

connections
straight connection (GA) and corner
connection (EA) with screw connections
without brazing acc. to DIN 2353 CS 10 or
DIN 2353 CL12

RMG-Leaflet 910.00
182
Pressure Regulation Push Button Valve 911a
push button contact valve with service position „open”
❑ for use in measuring and test lines for

safety shut-off and safety relief devices
❑ the valve can be closed by pushing the
lever; it re-opens automatically into its
service position upon release.
❑ adaption possible for the safe use of
start-up and operating lines (see page
375, fig. 4)

connections:
screw connections without brazing DIN 2353
for external pipe dia. 12 mm
test connections:
two screw couplings type 1215 for high
pressure tubing DN 2
additional feature:
three-way ball valve with negative over-
lapping (i.e. no ”closed“ position during
switching process)
RMG-Leaflet 911.00
183
Pressure Regulation Push Button Valve RMG 912
three-way contact valve
❑ push-button valve for safety shut-off

measuring lines, for safety shut-off
manual release (RMG 330 and RMG 408
with actuator system RMG 720)

connections
optionally with screw connections without
brazing acc. to DIN 2353 CS 10 or DIN 2353
CL12

RMG-Leaflet 912.00
184
Pressure Regulation Testing Valve RMG 914
testing valve
❑ suitable for integration into measuring
lines for safety shut-off devices
gaseous media
❑ corresponds to the demands stated in the
DVGW-worksheet G 491, point 6.4
❑ guarantees the function of safety devices
even if handling mistakes are made
❑ enables easy SAV/SBV testing through
integrated screw couplings for pressuri-
zation and pressure measuring
❑ adaption possible for the safe use of
start-up and operating lines (see page
375, fig. 4)

response pressure of overpressure valve
∆p 0.1 bar
connections
screw connections without brazing DIN 2353
for external pipe dia. 12 mm
test connections
two screw couplings type 1215 for high
pressure tubing 4 mm
additional feature
three-way ball valve with negative over-
lapping (i.e. no ”closed“ position during
switching process)

RMG-Leaflet 914.00
185
Pressure Regulation Vent Valve RMG 915
vent valve
❑ to protect indoor stations from gas
leakages out of diaphragm chambers
❑ to limit max. gas leakage resulting from
diaphragm deficiency to the standard
value of 30 Iitres/hour (air)
❑ can replace installation of vent lines
❑ suitable for natural gas
❑ easy installation by screwing valve into
vent bore
approved by DIN-DVGW for the vent line

connections at diaphragm assemblies, pilots
and measuring units of the following valves:
- R 10 d (only up to pe = 25 bar)
- RMG 300, RMG 320, RMG 330 (for
regulating lines of slow reaction only)
- RMG 322, RMG 332, RMG 402, RMG 408,
RMG 409 (only up to pe = 25 bar)
operational diagram
version 1:
standard flow limitation 30 l/h (100 l/h) max. operating pressure pmax 25 bar
air leakage rate qn in [l/h]
leakage limitation to qn 30 I/h (air)
version 2:
reaction reaction max. operating pressure pmax 100 bar
under normal upon
valve stroke diaphragm
leakage limitation to qn 100 I/h (air)
movements deficiency
> 30 l/h connection R 1/2“a and M 16 x 1.5
(> 100 l/h)
pressure in diaphragm chamber p [bar]

RMG-Leaflet 915.00
186
Pressure Regulation Test Combination RMG 916
testing valve
❑ to adjust and to test the safety shut-off
valves and safety relief valves
❑ for an easier and safer pressurization and
pressure release by SAV or SBV tests
through sensitive dosage valves
❑ connection for high pressure tube or
screw connection acc. to DIN 2353
❑ with integrated stop ball valve for the inlet
pressure
connection for inlet pressure:

adapter for screw coupling type 1215 or
screw connection acc. to DIN 2353 for tube
dia. 10 mm or 12 mm (option)
connection for pressurization and dis-

charge:
screw coupling type 1215 for high pressure
tube (approved by DVGW) or screw
connection acc. to DIN 2353 for tube dia. 10
mm or 12 mm (option)

RMG-Leaflet 916.00
187
Pressure Regulation Monitoring Device RMG 917
monitoring device for gas leakage relief valves

❑ application for safety relief valves (SBV):
- gives indication of the SBV relief
operation
- simplifies the response control
- facilitates the setpoint adjustment
❑ simple operation
❑ pressure resistant and overload proof
❑ can replace the displacement meter for
released gas
❑ remote indication as an optional feature

valve seat diameter 28 mm
response setpoint qn 100 I/h (air)
connections:
DIN 2353 for inlet and outlet
for external pipe dia. 10 mm, 12 mm,
20 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm and for
female thread R 1”i

RMG-Leaflet 917.00
188
Pressure Regulation Monitoring Device RMG 917
inlet connection screw connections without
for brazing to DIN 2355 (PN 100) angular *
at option for inlet and outlet dimensions in mm
SBV actuator
exterior pipe dia. in mm A
pipe connection R 1” i 40
RMG 835 28 74
25 87
22 108
RMG 873
20 117
RMG 832
12 86
RMG 670 RMG 670 10 84
*) from centre of body to pipe connection
189
Pressure Regulation Switching Valve RMG 919
switching valve
❑ in combination with actuators K 1a, K 2a,
K 4, K 5, K 6, K 10a, K 11a, K 12, K 13;
for closing the safety shut-off device when
the SAV measuring diaphragm is
damaged
❑ suitable for gas and all non-corrosive
gaseous media
❑ for set-up in vent line of the actuator
RMG 919-1
normal version
shut-off pressure approx. 20 mbar
RMG 919-2
version with integrated overpressure valve
max. service pressure pmax 100 bar
shut-off pressure approx. 20 mbar
release valve action for shut-off pressure:
approx.12 bar
connections
- inlet:
external thread M 16 x 1.5 or G 1/2
- outlet:
screw connection without brazing DIN 2353
for external pipe diameter 12 mm

RMG-Leaflet 919.00
190
Pressure Regulation Noise-Reducing Outlet Expansion RMG 920
noise-reducing outlet expansion

❑ to be installed downstream of gas
pressure regulators which were originally
manufactured without incorporated noise-
attenuating elements
(e.g. RMG 320, RMG 322, RMG 332 etc.)
❑ short face-to-face dimensions
❑ low pressure drop
❑ with incorporated noise-attenuating
elements consisting of:
- perforated rectifying cone
- filling material
- perforated expansion pieces
- high wall thickness
❑ noise reduction up to 15 dB (A)
max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar (40 bar)
connections
inlet/outlet:
see table of face-to-face dimensions
flanged to DIN PN 16 (PN 40)

RMG-Leaflet 920.00
191
Pressure Regulation Noise-Reducing Outlet Expansion RMG 920
inlet outlet face-to-face dimensions in mm
DN 50 140
DN 25
DN 80 140
DN 100 160
DN 50 DN 150 200
DN 200 260
DN 150 200
DN 80
DN 200 240
DN 150 200
DN 200 240
DN 100
DN 250 300
DN 300 400
DN 250 300
DN 150 DN 300 450
DN 400 500
DN 300 450
DN 200
DN 400 500
further DNE / DNA - combinations on request
192
Pressure Regulation Overpressure Shut-off Valve RMG 925
overpressure shut-off valve

❑ valve complies to demands stated in the
new G491, point 5.6.2, securing the outlet
pressure gauge against inadmissible
pressure peaks
gaseous media
❑ compact design
❑ different response pressures
❑ DVGW mark of conformity
tested by DVGW

response pressures:
0.6 bar
1.0 bar
1.6 bar
2.5 bar
4.0 bar
6.0 bar
10.0 bar
16.0 bar
25.0 bar
connections:
- inlet
screw connections without brazing to DIN
2353 for external pipe diameter 10 mm, 12
mm
- outlet
gauge connection to DIN ISO 228
G 1/4 or as inlet connection

RMG-Leaflet 925.00
193
Pressure Regulation Control Unit RMG 951
control unit for pneumatically operated main valves

❑ operation with electronic three-stage
sample data system
❑ to automize the gas flow optimization
❑ compact design
❑ no control gas consumption during
constant operating conditions
❑ main valve closes by current failure
(automatic discharge of loading pres-
sure), alternatively the last position of the
main valve is maintained
❑ the adjustment of the control speed is
easily checked through a bleed valve with
micrometer scale
❑ explosion-proof magnetic valves

max. switching difference 10 bar
gas connections:
- screw connection without brazing acc.
to DIN 2353 for pipe external dia.12 mm
electric connections:
- screw connection Pg 13.5, voltage 24VDC,
power consumption 9 W

RMG-Leaflet 951.00
194
Pressure Regulation Special and Additional Devices
special and additional devices

❑ special device for pneumatic setpoint stages in 2 or 3 pressure levels for pilot
RS 10 d (RMG 610)
❑ regulating stage for intermittent service
regulation in intermittent service to prevent flowrates under the meter measuring limits
❑ stage for regulating the service or standard flowrate
❑ electric setpoint remote control for a one-week programme
❑ special versions of actuators series RMG 670
❑ travel indication for main valves of gas regulating devices without or with electric signaling
❑ outlet pressure control with wobbe-index correction control of constant thermal load
❑ electric and pneumatic setpoint remote control of direct-acting and pilot-operated RMG
gas pressure regulators
❑ pressure control for oxygen service
❑ modules for gas pressure regulation on gas motors
❑ pneumatic pressure transmitter
❑ pilot modules for tandem connection (combined regulating circuit)
❑ relay connection for electric actuator
❑ gas pressure regulating devices for vehicles driven by natural gas or methanol
❑ temperature release for safety shut-off valves
❑ pressure-chamber safety shut-off valve RMG 795 (Flow Fuse) for deep diving
❑ Z-reduction (PN 16)
We supply special set-ups and control combinations of our gas pressure regulators and
safety shut-off devices. Please refer to our leaflet ”Bausteine zur Automation in der Gas-
Druckregeltechnik“ (automation modules for gas pressure regulation).
195
Pressure Regulation overview
regulating units
regulating units for gas-driven combustible engines
For several decades RMG has been building We offer a vast range of single products
gas regulating units for engines driven by such as
natural gas or other combustible gases. ❑ filters
RMG´s regulating units are planned and ❑ gas pressure regulators
completed acc. to the customer´s require-
❑ gas mixers
ments. Optionally, RMG can supervise the
installation on site and also train your service ❑ flowrate valves
personell. ❑ throttle valvesn
❑ electro-magnetic valves

RMG Information auf Anfrage
196
Pressure Regulation Gas Mixer RMG 980
regulating units
gas mixer for gas motors with fixed mixing gap

❑ for mixing combustible gas with sucked-in
air
❑ for natural gas and other combustible
gases (sewerage gas etc.)
❑ optimal mixing relation over the whole
range
❑ versions as gas mixer or two-gas mixer in
combination with a RMG 992 flow valve
RMG 980 - gas mixer

dimensions:
70/35, 100/50, 140/65, 200/100, 300/150,
400/200
RMG 980 - two-gas mixer

dimensions:
100/50, 140/65, 200/100

RMG-Leaflet 980.00
197
Pressure Regulation Throttle Valve RMG 981
regulating units
throttle valve
❑ for the regulation of combustible gas /air
mixtures corresponding to the motor
capacity required
❑ alternatively in round or oval version
RMG 981 - round valve

dimensions:
70/45, 100/68, 140/85, 140/96, 200/135
RMG 981 - oval valve

dimensions:
200-180/88, 250-200/108

RMG-Leaflet 981.00
198
Pressure Regulation Gas Mixer RMG 985
regulating units
gas mixer for gas motors with variable mixing gap

❑ for mixing combustible gas with sucked-in
air
❑ for natural gas and other combustible
gases (sewerage gas etc.)
❑ optimal mixing relation over the whole
range
dimensions:
100/80, 140/65, 200/100, 250/125, 300/150,
350/200

RMG-Leaflet 985.00
199
Pressure Regulation Flowrate Valve RMG 992
regulating units
gas mixer for gas motors

❑ for regulating of incoming combustible
gas in corellation to the quality of the
exhaust gas (λ-operation)
❑ can be combined with gas mixers
RMG 980 and RMG 985
❑ suitable for all gases acc. to G 260
❑ high accuracy with mixing tolerances
under 1%
❑ with limit switches for min. and max.
❑ alternatively with pulse motor, direct
current motor or manual adjustment
❑ 4 sizes alternatively

RMG-Leaflet 992.00
200
Pressure Regulation Notes
regulating units
201
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 225
domestic service regulators - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
direct-acting, spring-loaded gas pressure regulator

❑ for domestic applications
❑ single-balanced valve construction which
ensures outlet pressure is not significantly
affected by changes in inlet pressure
❑ internally impulsed
❑ underpressure cut-off version available

pe max 0.2 bar
outlet pressure set range Wh
0.005 to 0.031 bar
sizes:
R 3/4", 1"
temperature range: -10°C to +60°C
weight:
R 3/4" - 0.410 kg
R 1" - 0.375 kg
202

❑ for domestic, industrial and commercial
applications
❑ complies with BS.3554: Part 2: Class B.
❑ light weight body
❑ high capacity compact body
❑ pressure sensing via internal impulse
tube: (External impulse sensing available
for all sizes except R 3/4" and 1"

pe max 0.350 bar
(dependent upon model/size)
outlet pressure set range
Wh 0.0037 to 0.15 bar
(dependent upon model/sizes)
sizes:
R 3/4", 1", 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2", 3"
DN 50, 65, 80, 100 and 150
approvals to DVGW & GIVEG
options: zero governor and vacuum control
operating pressures (in bar)

3/4" 1.1/4", 3" DN 100 DN 150
& 1" 1.1/2" & 2" DN 65 & 80
max. inlet pressure 0.20 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
outlet pressure set range 0.0037 0.0037 0.0037 0.0075 0.0125
to 0.075 to 0.080 to 0.080 to 0.150 to 0.150
dimensions and weights

screwed flanged
regulator size 3/4" 1.1/4" & 2" 3" DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN150
& 1" 1.1/2"
face-to-face mm 103 163.5 210 318 210 318 318 369 473
weight in kg 0.7 1.6 14 16.4 5 16 16.4 63.5 115
203
Domestic Service Regulators BD-RMG 226 H

applications
❑ complies with BS.3554: Part 2: Class B
tube (external impulse sensing available
on request)

pe max 0.350 bar
Wh 0.070 to 0.150 bar
sizes:
- screwed: 80 mm
- flanged: 65 and 80 mm
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
service conditions
outlet pressure range setpoint spring colour setpoint spring number
in bar DN 50 3", DN 65 & DN 80
0.070 to 0.112 brown 772 774
0.100 to 0.150 orange 773 775

screwed flanged
regulator size 3" DN 65 DN 80
face-to-face mm 318 318 318
weight in kg 19 19 19
204
Domestic Service Regulators BD-RMG 226 A
direct-acting, spring-loaded, angle-type gas pressure regulator

applications
❑ for 90° angled connection to gas meter
via meter fitting
❑ high-capacity compact body

pe max 0.350 bar
Wh 0.0037 to 0.080 bar
sizes:
R 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

regulator size 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2"
face-to-face mm 170 230
weight in kg 2 4

in bar 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2“
0.0037 to 0.010 white 1153 1154
0.008 to 0.014 red 1067 1072
0.012 to 0.025 green 1068 1073
0.021 to 0.035 blue 1069 1074
0.033 to 0.055 yellow 1070 1075
0.050 to 0.080 black 1071 1076
205
Domestic Service Regulators BD-RMG 226 SD

applications
tube (External impulse sensing available)

pe max 0.2 bar
Wh 0.011 to 0.08 bar
sizes:
R 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
approvals: DIN 3380, DVGW

in bar 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2"
0.011 to 0.016 red 1067 1072
0.015 to 0.028 green 1068 1073
0.026 to 0.038 blue 1069 1074
0.036 to 0.060 yellow 1070 1075
0.056 to 0.080 black 1071 1076

regulator size 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2"
face-to-face in mm 170 230
weight in kg 2 4
206
Domestic Service Regulators Regulator Series BD-RMG 226
outlet pressure ranges part 1

outlet pressure spring setpoint spring number
range colour screwed flanged
Wh in bar code R /4" R 1 /4" 2"
3 1 3" DN 50 DN 65 DN80 DN 100 DN 150
& R 1" R 1 1/2"
0.0037 to 0.0075 red 397 292 545
0.0037 to 0.010 white 1153 1154
0.0075 to 0.015 blue 398 293 547 547
white/ 409
gold
0.008 to 0.014 red 1067 1072
0.012 to 0.025 green 1068 1073
metal 399 283 548 548
black/ 410
gold
dark
green/ 419
lt.blue
0.021 to 0.035 blue 1069 1074
0.023 to 0.037 green 284 549 549
yellow/ 412
gold
red/ 429
lt.green
207
Domestic Service Regulators Regulator Series BD-RMG 226
outlet pressure ranges part 2

outlet pressure spring setpoint spring number
range colour screwed flanged
Wh in bar code R 3/4" R 1 1/4" 2" 3" DN 50 DN 65 DN80 DN 100 DN 150
& R 1" R 1 1/2"
0.033 to 0.055 yellow 1070 1075
0.035 to 0.060 black 550 550
brown/ 430
lt.green
0.035 to 0.075 yellow 805
0.035 to 0.080 yellow 285
brown/ 414
gold
0.050 to 0.080 black 1071 1076
0.055 to 0.080 grey 598 598
0.055 to 0.112 grey/ 431
lt.green
0.070 to 0.112 brown 774* 774*
0.070 to 0.150 grey/ 407
lt.green
0.100 to 0.150 orange 775* 775*
metal 617
*) applicable to DN 65 and DN 80 BD-RMG 226 H only. Spring data based on spring housing
vertically upwards.
208
High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 240
high pressure service regulators - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
direct-acting, lever-operated gas pressure regulator

applications
❑ cartridge type diaphragm and valve
assembly for ease of maintenance
❑ rapid response to load changes
❑ wide range of interchangeable orifices
❑ regulator can be installed in any position
❑ can be fitted with an overpressure cut-off
valve (OPCO), or under/overpressure cut-
off valve (UPCO/OPCO)
assembly for easy maintenance

pe max 10.3 bar
(dependent upon orifice fitted)
Wh 0.01 to 0.21bar
sizes:
R 3/4", 1", 1.1/4", 1.1/2"
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
P - no internal relief
R - internal relief
LR - limited internal relief
209

regulator safety cut-off valve MK2 (OPCO only)
spring spring outlet pressure spring spring cut-off pressure
number colour range in bar number colour range in bar
126 red 0.01 (0.017) to 0.02 (0.032) 861 brown 0.035 (0.05) to 0.07 (0.1)
131 self 0.015 to 0.035 868 green 0.06 (0.09) to 0.175 (0.175)
127 green 0.025 (0.03) to 0.043 (0.058) 869 silver 0.16 to 0.26
392 white 0.040 to 0.075 - - -
393 blue 0.070 to 0.14 - - -
394 grey 0.14 to 0.21 - - -
safety cut-off valve series 309 (UPCO/OPCO)
OPCO
1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055
1110 green 0.050 to 0.110
1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200
1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250
UPCO
1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030
( ) in brackets SD-type only

3/4" 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2"
face-to-face mm 102 102 127 127
weight without 3 3 3 3
OPCO in kg
weight with 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
OPCO in kg
210

applications
❑ diaphragm casing can be rotated through
180° relative to regulator body
❑ can be fitted with an overpressure cut-off

pe max 10.3 bar

Wh 0.01 to 0.082 bar
sizes:
R 1/2", 3/4", 1"
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
R - internal relief
approval: DVGW - (SD type)
211

regulator safety cut-off valve
spring spring outlet pressure spring spring OPCO cut-off pressure
121 (1008) red 0.01 (0.017) to 0.032 (0.014) 861 brown 0.035 (0.05) to 0.07 (0.1)
491 metal 0.013 to 0.025 868 green 0.06 (0.09) to 0.175 (0.175)
307 green 0.023(0.032) to 0.045(0.052) - - -
380 orange 0.043 to 0.067 - - -
768 blue 0.055 to 0.082 - - -
safety cut-off valve series 309 (UPCO/OPCO)
OPCO
1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055
1110 green 0.050 to 0.110
1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200*
*) max. setpoint = 0.175 bar
UPCO
1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030
( ) 241P-SD-OPCO for DVGW

1/2" 3/4" 1"
face-to-face in mm 102 102 102
weight without OPCO in kg 1.9 1.9 1.9
weight with OPCO in kg 2.2 2.2 2.2
212

applications
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non
❑ can be fitted with a overpressure or
combined under- and overpressure cut-off
valve (OPCO and UPCO/OPCO)
❑ certified to the canadian standard: CAN/
CGA 6.18

pe max 8.6 bar
Wh 0.0125 to 0.138 bar
sizes: (screwed)
angle type:
inlet: 1/2", 3/4", 1"
outlet: 1"
inline type:
inlet: 1/2", 3/4", 1"
outlet: 1/2", 3/4" 1"
temperature range:
-40°C to +60°C
options:
R - internal relief
OPCO
UPCO/OPCO
213
pressure ranges
regulator safety cut-off valve (OPCO only)
spring spring outlet pressure spring spring outlet pressure
1235 0.0125 to 0.0225 861 brown 0.035 to 0.069
1236 0.015 to 0.035 868 dk. green 0.0675 to 0.1675
1237 0.300 to 0.070
1262 0.069 to 0.138
UPCO /OPCO cut-off valve
OPCO
1175 0.050 to 0.1125
1174 0.1125 to 0.225
UPCO
1138 0.010 to 0.025
214
2-stage, direct-acting, lever-operated gas pressure regulator

❑ for domestic and commercial gas supply
❑ can be fitted with an overpressure or
combined under- and overpressure cut-off
valve (OPCO and UPCO/OPCO)
❑ inter-stage and 2nd stage limited-capacity
relief valves as optional extras

pe max 5 bar
Wh 0.0037 to 0.050 bar
inter-stage pressure 0.070 bar
(pre-set at the factory, do not adjust)
size:
R 1"
pressure rating:
PN 6
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
R - internal relief
215
High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 270 MK2

applications
❑ can be fitted with a overpressure cut-off

pe max 10.3 bar

Wh 0.01 to 0.5 bar
sizes:
screwed: 40 mm and 50 mm
flanged: 50 mm
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
R - internal relief
216
High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 270 MK2

1.1/2" 2" DN 50
weight without OPCO in kg 12 12 16
weight with OPCO in kg 12.5 12.5 16.5

1244 red 0.010 to 0.015 861 brown 0.035 to 0.090
1245 grey 0.015 to 0.020 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130
1246 green 0.020 to 0.028 1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250
1247 yellow 0.028 to 0.045 1105 black 0.200 to 0.350
1248 black 0.045 to 0.075 1254 red 0.340 to 0.500
1249 white 0.075 to 0.110 1255 green 0.450 to 0.600
1250 orange 0.095 to 0.150 safety cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)
1251 blue 0.140 to 0.225 OPCO
1252 silver 0.200 to 0.350 1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055
1263* brown 0.320 to 0.500 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110
* Series 270H only 1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200
1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250
UPCO
1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030
217
High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 270-3
pilot-operated, fail-closed high pressure regulator

❑ for industrial and commercial applications
❑ suitable for natural gas and all non
valve (OPCO) or combined under-/over-
pressure cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO) *)

pe max 11 bar
Wh 0.050 to 2.4 bar
sizes:
flanged to DN 50
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
*) see series 309 safety cut-off valve for

details
face-to-face im mm 190
weight in kg 32
218

applications
valve or thermal cut-off valve

pe max 8.6 bar
Wh 0.015 to 0.410 bar
sizes:
screwed: 40 & 50mm
flanged 40 & 50mm
temperature range:
-40°C to +60°C
options:
R - internal relief
safety diaphragm (SD) version available

BiasClosed for pilot loading
ECL - external control line
219
pressure ranges
960 grey 0.015 to 0.035 861 brown 0.035 to 0.069
961 yellow 0.030 to 0.055 868 dk. green 0.099 to 0.173
962 brown 0.050 to 0.100 868H dk. green 0.1725 to 0.550
963 orange 0.069 to 0.209
964 blue 0.138 to 0.414
220

diaphragm casing can be rotated through
❑ can be fitted with an overpressure and
underpressure cut-off valve

pe max 40 bar
Wh 0.015 to 4.140 bar
(dependent upon pilot fitted)
sizes:
flanged: DN50
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
pilot options:
RMG 610 (RS 10 d MN) - 0.010 to 0.500 bar
RMG 610 (RS 10 d MM) - 0.010 to 3.500 bar
RMG 650 - 0.5 to 40.0 bar
dimensions and weights:

face-to-face 200mm
weight 41.5 kg
221
outlet pressure range with pilot RS10d (RMG 610)

load limiting unit final control unit
outlet pressure wire dia. unit outlet pressure wire dia. pemax
range Wh in bar in mm type range Wh in bar in mm in bar
0.006 to 0.040 2.5
0.006 to 0.060 3.0
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 0.022 to 0.120 3.5 100
M 0.080 to 0.200 4.0
0.100 to 0.500 5.0
0.1 to 1.5 3.3
0.5 to 5 4.7 M 0.2 to 2.5 4.0 100
0.3 to 3.5 4.5
outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring colour outlet pressure wire dia.
range Wh in bar in mm
control stage with 1 grey 0.5 to 2 5.0
diaphragm type
measuring unit 2 yellow 1 to 5 5.6
For safety cut-off pressure ranges see series 315 on pages XXX to XXX.
222
direct-acting, balanced lever-operated gas pressure regulator

applications
❑ single orifice design

pe max 10.0 bar

Wh 0.01 to 0.5 bar
sizes:
screwed: 40 mm and 50 mm
flanged: 50 mm
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
R - internal relief
223

1.1/2" 2" DN 50
weight without OPCO in kg 13.5 13.5 17.5
weight with OPCO in kg 14 14 18

1244 red 0.010 to 0.015 861 brown 0.035 to 0.090
1245 grey 0.015 to 0.020 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130
1246 green 0.020 to 0.028 1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250
1247 yellow 0.028 to 0.045 1105 black 0.200 to 0.350
1248 black 0.045 to 0.075 1254 red 0.340 to 0.500
1249 white 0.075 to 0.110 1255 green 0.450 to 0.600
1250 orange 0.095 to 0.150 safety cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)
1251 blue 0.140 to 0.225 OPCO
1252 silver 0.200 to 0.350 1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055
1263* brown 0.320 to 0.500 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110
* Series 277H only 1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200
1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250
UPCO
1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030
224

❑ for gas services to domestic, industrial
and farm taps
❑ specially designed for safe accurate first
stage reduction on high pressure gas
systems
gaseous media
❑ wide operational outlet pressure range
180° relative to body and can be
positioned in any angle
❑ precise and positive operation
❑ wide range of interchangeable orifices,
without removing the body from the
pipeline
❑ can be fitted with integral overpressure
(OPCO) or under-/overpressure cut-off
valve (UPCO/OPCO)

pe max 69 bar
(dependant upon orifice size)

Wh 0.210 to 13.8 bar
sizes:
R 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1.1/4”
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
for safety cut-off pressure ranges refer to the

series 309 and 315 on pages XXX and YYY
225

outlet pressure range spring number colour
0.200 to 0.820 261 yellow
0.690 to 1.720 262 aluminium
1.380 to 4.130 263 white
3.450 to 8.600 264 tan
6.900 to 13.800 265 grey
0.690 to 6.900 266 dark green
dimensions and weights (all sizes)

face-to-face 102 mm
weight 7 kg
226
Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280/280H
gas pressure regulators - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
spring-loaded gas pressure regulator with single balanced valve

❑ suitable for use on industrial feeds to
burners, heater units, boilers etc.
gaseous media
❑ cartridge-type construction allows easy
unit withdrawal without removing body
from pipeline
❑ balanced valve gives excellent control
over full inlet pressure and working
pressure range
❑ valve travel indicator
❑ positive lock-up under no flow conditions

pe max 4.5 bar

Wh 0.010 to 0.225 bar
(dependant upon model)
sizes:
R 1.1/2", 2", and DN 50, DN 80 & DN 100
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
227
Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280/280H
operating pressure range

size/ max. inlet outlet pressure spring no. colour
connection pressure (bar) range in bar
280 280H
0.010 to 0.020 - 548 metal
0.018 to 0.035 - 824 light green
1.1/2" & 2" 0.025 to 0.050 - 938 light blue
DN 50 4.5 0.030 to 0.070 - 546 grey
and DN 80 - 0.066 to 0.104 774 brown
- 0.096 to 0.138 775 orange
- 0.112 to 0.225 778 dark blue
0.010 to 0.020 - 378 white/maroon
0.018 to 0.030 - 402 black/maroon
0.018 to 0.037 - 1007 blue/maroon
DN 100 4.5 0.028 to 0.040 - 403 green/maroon
0.038 to 0.060 - 405 red/maroon
0.055 to 0.080 - 406 brown/maroon
0.075 to 0.140 - 407 grey/maroon
0.112 to 0.200 - 857 stone/maroon

series 280 face-to-face in mm weight in kg
1.1/2" 254 18.9
2" 254 19.0
DN 50 254 23.0
DN 80 298 32.2
DN 100 352 68.4
series 280H face-to-face in mm weight in kg

1.1/2" 254 20.9
2" 254 21.0
DN 50 254 25.0
DN 80 298 35.3
228
Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280-309

❑ for natural gas and all non-aggressive
gaseous media
❑ integral safety cut-off valve, overpressure
and under-/overpressure operated
❑ cartridge-type construction for ease of
maintenance
pressure

pe max 4.5 bar

Wh 0.010 to 0.225 bar
(dependent upon cartridge)
1.0 bar outlet pressure version on request
sizes:
DN 50
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
229
Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280-309

outlet pressure range outlet pressure range setpoint spring
280-309 in bar 280H-309 in bar spring no. colour
0.010 to 0.020 - 548 self
0.018 to 0.035 - 824 light green
0.025 to 0.050 - 938 light blue
0.030 to 0.070 - 546 grey
- 0.066 to 0.104 774 brown
- 0.096 to 0.138 775 orange
- 0.112 to 0.225 778 dark blue
309 LP - adjustable pressure ranges for safety cut-off valve

model spring number colour overpressure underpressure
range in bar range in bar
861 brown 0.035 to 0.090 -
309 LP 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130 -
OPCO 1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250 -
(only) 1254 red 0.340 to 0.500 -
1255 green 0.450 to 0.600 -
1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055 -
309 LP 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110 -
UPCO/OPCO 1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200 -
1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250 -
1138 blue/green - 0.010 to 0.030

face-to-face: 405 mm
weight: 33 kg
230
Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 281

gaseous media
from pipeline
pressure range
❑ spring biased closed

pe max 4.5 bar

Wh 0.010 to 0.140 bar
sizes:
R 1.1/2", 2" and DN 50
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

series 281 face-to-face in mm weight in kg
1.1/2" 254 20.9
2" 254 21.0
DN 50 254 25.0
231
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 282/282H

gaseous media
from pipeline
pressure range

pe max 8 bar
(10 bar when fitted with auxiliary system)

Wh 0.010 to 0.225 bar
(depending upon model)
sizes:
R 1.1/2", 2" and DN 50
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
232
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 282/282H

282 282H
0.010 to 0.020 - 548 self
0.018 to 0.035 - 824 light green
1.1/2" and 2" 0.025 to 0.050 - 938 light blue
DN 50 10.0* 0.030 to 0.070 - 546 grey
- 0.066 to 0.104 774 brown
- 0.096 to 0.138 775 orange
- 0.112 to 0.225 778 dark blue
* 10 bar when fitted with an auxiliary control system.

Series 282 face-to-face in mm weight in kg
1.1/2" 254 18.9
2" 254 19.0
DN 50 254 23.0
Series 282H
1.1/2" 254 20.9
2" 254 21.0
DN 50 254 25.0
233
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 284/285

gaseous media
from the pipeline
pressure range
❑ positive lock-up under no-flow conditions

pe max 4.5 bar

Wh 0.140 to 1 bar
(dependant on size of unit)
sizes:
R 1.1/2", 2" and DN 50, DN 80
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
234
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 284/285

284 285
0.140 to 0.260 - 849/848 red & black
1.1/2" DN 50 4.5 0.230 to 0.500 - 851/850 green & white
0.460 to 1.000 - 853/852 yellow & blue
- 0.140 to 0.260 849/848 red & black
10 - 0.230 to 0.500 851/850 green & white
- 0.460 to 1.000 853/852 yellow & blue
0.200 to 0.400 - 1167 grey
DN 80 4.5 0.400 to 0.725 - 1168 brown
0.675 to 1.000 - 1169 & orange &
1168 brown

Series 284 face-to-face in mm weight in kg
1.1/2" 254 19.6
2" 254 19.7
DN 50 254 23.7
DN 80 298 44.0
Series 285
1.1/2" 254 19.6
2" 254 19.7
DN 50 254 23.7
235
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680 MK1 & 680 MK2-EVA
spring-loaded gas pressure regulator with balanced double beat valve

gaseous media
❑ fully balanced internal double valves
assembly
❑ extremely high flow capacities
❑ positive, accurate and sensitive control
❑ external valve adjustment - (MK2-EVA
model only)
❑ can be fitted with full or reduced sized
valves

pe max 2 bar (direct acting)
with an auxiliary control system applied,

inlet pressure can be increased as follows:
- Series 680 MK1:
all sizes (full or reduced bore valves)
up to 7 bar
- Series 680 MK2 - EVA:
DN 50, DN 80 full bore, DN 80 reduced bore
up to 4.5 bar

Wh 0.015 to 0.210 bar
sizes:
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150 & DN 200
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
236
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680 MK1 & 680 MK2-EVA

outlet pressure regulator size
range in bar DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 & DN 200
spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour
0.015 to 0.020 368 378 409 417
white/orange white/maroon white/gold white/light.blue
0.020 to 0.030 369 402 410 418
black/orange black/maroon black/gold black/light blue
0.030 to 0.040 370 403 411 419
dark green/orange dark green/maroon dark green/gold dark green/lt. blue
0.040 to 0.050 371 404 412 420
yellow/orange yellow/maroon yellow/gold yellow/light blue
0.050 to 0.060 374 405 413 421
red/orange red/maroon red/gold red/light blue
0.060 to 0.900 375 406 414 422
brown/orange brown/maroon brown/gold brown/light blue
0.900 to 1.400 376 407 415 423
grey/orange grey/maroon grey/gold grey/light blue
1.000 to 2.100 857 857 857 856
stone/maroon stone/maroon stone/maroon purple/light blue

Series 680 MK1 & 680 MK2-EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 50 267 80
DN 80 318 98
DN 100 369 133
DN 150 473 268
DN 200 569 350
237
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680H MK1 & 680H MK2-EVA

gaseous media
assembly
model only)
valves

pe max 2 bar (direct acting)
with an auxiliary control system applied, the

inlet pressure can be increased as follows:
- series 680H MK1
all sizes full or reduced bore valves
7 bar
- series 680H MK2-EVA
DN 50 and DN 80 full bore, DN 80 reduced
bore 4.5 bar

Wh 0.125 to 0.350 bar
sizes:
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150 & DN 200
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
238

outlet pressure regulator size
range in bar DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150, DN 200
spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour
0.125 to 0.205 523 523 523 2 x 520
mauve/orange mauve/orange mauve/orange mauve/light blue
0.185 to 0.275 525 525 525 2 x 521
pink/orange pink/orange pink/orange pink/light blue
0.255 to 0.350 522 522 522 2 x 544
stone/orange stone/orange stone/orange stone/light blue
* outlet pressure ranges based on regulator in the vertical position

series 680H MK1 & 680H MK2-EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 50 267 97
DN 80 318 111
DN 100 369 151
DN 150 473 305
DN 200 569 388
239

gaseous media
assembly
model only)
valves
max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max

- MK1 - 7 bar
- MK2 - 4.5 bar
(an auxiliary control system is required
on these regulators)

Wh 0.015 to 0.070 bar
sizes:
682 MK1 DN 50 - DN 200
682 MK1 DN 50, DN80, DN 100
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

series 682 MK1 & 682 MK2-EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 50 267 80
DN 80 318 98
DN 100 369 133
DN 150 473 268
DN 200 569 350
240
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 684 & 684 SB

gaseous media
assembly
valves

- BD-RMG 684 - 12 bar
- BD-RMG 684S - 19 bar
outlet pressure range:

0.207 to 6.896 bar
sizes:
flanged DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

series 684 & 684 SB face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 50 267 49
DN 80 318 68
DN 100 369 102
DN 150 473 193
241
outlet pressure ranges

outlet pressure range regulator size
in bar spring number spring colour
0.207 to 0.414 655 yellow
0.414 to 0.621 656 grey
0.621 to 1.034 657 blue
1.034 to 2.068 658 red
2.068 to 3.793 659 brown
3.793 to 5.172 660 black
4.827 to 6.896 659 & 661 brown/white
242
pilot-operated gas pressure regulator with balanced double beat valve

gaseous media
assembly
valves

- BD-RMG 683 - 16 bar
- BD-RMG 683S - 19 bar
(a power pilot control system is required on
these regulators)
outlet pressure set range Wh

BD-RMG 683 - 0.015 to 15.52 bar
BD-RMG 683S - 0.015 to 18.25 bar
sizes:
flanged DN 150, DN 200
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
243
outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG RS 10d

load limiting unit final control unit
outlet pressure wire dia. unit outlet pressure wire dia. pemax
range Wh in bar in mm type range Wh in bar in mm in bar
0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 0.006 to 0.060 3.0
0.022 to 0.120 3.5 100
0.080 to 0.200 4.0
M 0.100 to 0.500 5.0
0.5 to 5 4.7 M 0.1 to 1.5 3.3
0.2 to 2.5 4.0 100
0.3 to 3.5 4.5
outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring colour outlet pressure wire dia.
range Wh in bar in mm
control stage with 1 grey 0.5 to 2 5.0
diaphragm type 2 yellow 1 to 5 5.6
measuring unit 3 brown 2 to 10 6.3
4 red 5 to 20 7.0

series 683 & 683S face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 150 473 336
DN 200 569 431
244
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 800 ”Maxflo“
❑ pilot RMG 620 integrated in actuator head

valve for overpressure cut-off (OPCO) or
under- and overpressure cut-off (UPCO/
OPCO)
noise

pe max 40 bar
minimum pressure differential ∆p 0.5 bar
safety shut-off valve response ranges

OPCO Who 0.030 bar to 14 bar
UPCO Whu 0.005 bar to 40 bar
connections:
- DN outlet = DN inlet
❑ for gas supply to municipal distribution DN 25 to DN 100
systems, industrial and power stations flanged to DINPN 25 and ANSI 150 RF
❑ for natural gas and all non-corrosive - DN outlet = 2 x DN inlet
gaseous media DN 50/100, DN 80/150 and DN 100/200
❑ large inlet pressure range flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40,
flanged to ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 RF
❑ diaphragm valve as control element
245
valve data
pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 50/ DN 80 DN 80/ DN 100 DN 100/
DN 100 DN 150 DN 200
KG-value in m3/h *) 350 1300 1500 3500 3800 5200 5500
face-to-face in mm 184 254 310 298 400 352 430
operating pressure ranges

pilot setpoint spring outlet pressure range
2 blue 3.6 0.020 to 0.200
RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.100 to 0.500
(pe max 25 bar) 4 brown 6.3 0.200 to 1.000
5 red 7.0 0.500 to 2.000
6 green 8.0 1 to 4
1 yellow 5.6 1 to 5
RMG 630 2 brown 6.3 2 to 10
(pe max 50 bar) 3 red 7.0 5 to 18
4 green 8.0 10 to 40
automatic above pa
RMG 640 one-stage type for inlet pressure changes < 15 bar
(pe max 50 bar) data as for RMG 630, but without load limiting stage
246
safety cut-off pressure ranges

model / type response setpoint spring setpoint spring
pressure in bar no. colour
0.055 to 0.090 1158 white
0.080 to 0.140 1159 gold
MP1 OPCO 0.130 to 0.250 1160 purple
0.250 to 0.400 1130 white/yellow
0.330 to 0.600 1131 white/green
UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 1104 purple
0.500 to 0.880 1132 white/blue
OPCO 0.7 to 1.1 1133 white/red
MP2 1.1 to 1.8 1134 white/grey
1.5 to 2.9 1135 white/brown
UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 1104 purple
MP4 OPCO 2.0 to 4.0 1192 white/purple
UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 1104 purple
OPCO 3.0 to 14.0 1197 blue
0.055 to 0.400 1104 purple
HP UPCO 0.200 to 0.780 1105 black
0.750 to 1.500 1255 green
1.0 to 3.5 1028 black/white
247
safety shut-off devices - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to safeguard gas distribution
systems, normally installed upstream of
the regulator with the external control line
piped to the downstream of the regulator,
closing automatically in the event of an
overpressure condition
gaseous media
❑ fully enclosed colour coded valve position
indicator
❑ integral push-button type pressure
equalising valve
❑ manual reset
❑ low pressure loss

pmax 16 bar
(dependant upon body material)
response pressure set ranges:

series 305 LP: 0.025 to 0.750 bar
series 305 MP: 0.300 to 2.750 bar
series 305 IP: 2.5 to 6 bar
sizes:
R 2” and
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
combined over- and underpressure cut-off
248
shut-off response pressure set ranges

model spring number colour shut-off response
range in bar
series 305 LP 1200 silver 0.025 to 0.050
495 orange 0.045 to 0.125
835 blue 0.112 to 0.250
839 grey 0.235 to 0.350
1054 red/white 0.280 to 0.550
1059 red/yellow 0.500 to 0.750
series 305 MP 495 orange 0.300 to 0.400
835 blue 0.360 to 0.900
839 grey 0.800 to 1.350
1054 red/white 1.120 to 2.250
1059 red/yellow 1.950 to 2.750
series 305 IP 1077 yellow 2.5 to 3.3
1078 green 3.1 to 4.0
1079 white 3.8 to 5.0
1080 red 4.8 to 6.0

size 2” DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200
face-to-face in mm 225 230 276 292 381 457
weight in kg 16 21 29 33 75 108
249
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 303 MK5
safety shut-off valve

the regulator with the externalcontrol line
piped to the downstream of the regulator,
closing automatically in the event of an
overpressure condition
gaseous media
❑ accurate and dependable action
equalising valve
❑ manual reset
❑ low pressure loss, completely self-acting,
no external power supply required

pmax 7 bar
series 303:
sizes DN 250 & DN 300 - 7 bar
response pressure set ranges:

series 303LP - 0.037 to 0.480 bar
series 303MP - 0.420 to 4.5 bar
sizes:
DN 250, DN 300
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
options:
combined over- and underpressure cut-off
250
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 303 MK5
shut-off response pressure ranges

model spring number colour shut-off response
range in bar
series 305 LP 879 grey 0.037 to 0.170
880 brown 0.160 to 0.480
series 305 MP 756 silver 0.420 to 0.550
757 orange 0.540 to 0.760
758 yellow 0.750 to 0.970
759 black 0.950 to 1.250
760 white 1.230 to 1.600
761 light green 1.580 to 2.000
762 pink 1.970 to 2.630
763 light blue 2.600 to 3.460
764 gold 3.430 to 4.500

size DN 250 DN 300
face-to-face (mm) 533 610
weight in kg
LP (SB LP) 158 214
MP (SB MP) 167 228
251
solenoid-operated safety shut-off valve

the regulator closing automatically in the
event of temporary interruption of the
power supply to the solenoid
gaseous media
❑ accurate and dependable action
equalising valve
❑ manual reset
❑ flameproof
Series 304, sizes:

DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200
pmax 16 bar
(depending on body material and size)
Series 304, sizes:

DN 250, DN 300
pe max 7 bar
solenoid: 24 V DC
closing time: 0.5 secs
temperature range:
-5°C to +50°C
252

size 2” DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
face-to-face (mm) 225 230 276 292 381 457 533 609
weight in kg 23 28 36 40 82 115 185 250
253
integral safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to be incorporated as an inte-
gral safety cut-off valve on all body sizes
of the following regulators:
series 240/241
series 270, 270-3, 277
series 204
gaseous media
❑ automatic operation by an overpressure-
(OPCO) or over- and underpressure
condition (UPCO/OPCO)
❑ positive shut-off without an external power
supply
❑ manual reset
❑ rapid response to pressure load changes

pmax 11 bar
available in 4 models:
- series 309 LP - series 309 MP2
OPCO 0.035 to 0.600 bar OPCO 0.500 to 2.900 bar
UPCO/OPCO: UPCO 0.010 to 0.030 bar UPCO/OPCO: UPCO 0.050 to 0.150 bar
- series 309 MP1 - series 309 MP4

UPCO/OPCO: UPCO 0.050 to 0.150 bar UPCO/OPCO: UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 bar
254

model 309 LP 309 MP1 309 MP2 309 MP4
face-to-face (mm) 110 110 110 110
weight in kg 0.60 1.9 2.0 2.2
NOTE:
• The minimum overpressure cut-off setting (OPCO) should be 0.035 bar or 10% above the
regulator setting, whichever is the higher.
If an internal relief valve is fitted to the regulator, the minimum overpressure setting should
be increased to 0.055 bar above regulator outlet pressure setting.
• The minimum differential pressure between overpressure (OPCO) and underpressure

(UPCO) setting is 0.045 bar, and 0.065 bar if an internal relief valve is fitted.
255
adjustable pressure ranges

309 LP 861 brown 0.035 to 0.090 -
OPCO 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130 -
1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250 -
1254 red 0.340 to 0.500 -
1255 green 0.450 to 0.600 -
309 LP 1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055 -
OPCO 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110 -
1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200 -
1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250 -
309 LP UPCO 1138 blue/green - 0.010 to 0.030
309 MP1 OPCO 1158 white 0.055 to 0.100 -
1159 gold 0.100 to 0.140 -
1160 purple 0.130 to 0.250 -
1130 white/yellow 0.250 to 0.400 -
1131 white/green 0.330 to 0.600 -
309 MP1 1158 white 0.055 to 0.100 -
OPCO 1159 gold 0.100 to 0.140 -
1160 purple 0.130 to 0.250 -
1130 white/yellow 0.250 to 0.400 -
1131 white/green 0.330 to 0.600 -
309 MP1 UPCO 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150
309 MP2 OPCO 1132 white/blue 0.5 to 0.8 -
1133 white/red 0.7 to 1.1 -
1134 white/grey 1.0 to 1.8 -
1135 white/brown 1.5 to 2.9 -
309 MP2 1132 white/blue 0.5 to 0.8 -
OPCO 1133 white/red 0.7 to 1.1 -
1134 white/grey 1.0 to 1.8 -
309 MP2 OPCO 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150
309 MP4 OPCO 1192 white/purple 2.0 to 4.0 -
1192 white/purple 2.0 to 4.0 -
309 MP4 UPCO 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150
256
integral safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to be incorporated as an inte-
gral safety cut-off valve on all body sizes
of the following regulators:
series 204
series 276
gaseous media
❑ automatic operation by an overpressure
condition (OPCO), or underpressure
condition (UPCO)
❑ positive shut-off without an external
power supply
❑ manual reset
❑ rapid response to pressure load changes

pmax 70 bar
available in 5 models:
series 315 LL OPCO - 0.030 to 0.2 bar
series 315 LP OPCO - 0.050 to 0.6 bar
series 315 MP2 OPCO - 0.5 to 2.9 bar
series 315 MP4 OPCO - 2.0 to 4 bar
series 315 HP OPCO - 3.0 to 14.0 bar
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

model LL LP MP2 MP4 HP
length 290 290 290 310
weight in kg 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
257
adjustable pressure ranges

315 LL 1158 white 0.030 to 0.038 -
OPCO 1159 gold 0.038 to 0.045 -
1160 purple 0.055 to 0.090 -
1130 white/yellow 0.090 to 0.150 -
1131 white/green 0.120 to 0.200 -
315 LL 1267 plated (1.27 dia.) - 0.010 to 0.018
UPCO 1269 plated (1.70 dia.) - 0.016 to 0.050
1270 plated (1.83 dia.) - 0.040 to 0.075
315 LP 1158 white 0.055 to 0.100 -
OPCO 1159 gold 0.100 to 0.140 -
1160 purple 0.130 to 0.250 -
1130 white/yellow 0.250 to 0.400 -
1131 white/green 0.330 to 0.600 -
315 LP 1269 plated (1.27 dia.) - 0.035 to 0.150
UPCO 1270 plated (1.70 dia.) - 0.060 to 0.200
315 MP2 1132 white/blue 0.500 to 0.880 -
OPCO 1133 white/red 0.7 to 1.1 -
1134 white/grey 1.0 to 1.8 -
315 MP4 OPCO 1192 white/purple 2.0 to 4.0 -
315 MP2 & 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150
315 MP4 1105 black - 0.100 to 0.300
UPCO 1255 green - 0.250 to 0.700
1028 black/white - 0.640 to 1.600
315 HP OPCO 1197 blue 3.0 to 14.0 -
315 HP 1104 purple - 0.120 to 0.470
UPCO 1105 black - 0.450 to 0.820
1255 green - 0.6 to 1.8
1028 black/white - 2.0 to 3.5
258
safety relief valves - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
diaphragm-actuated, lever-operated relief valve

applications
❑ a reliable means of protecting piping,
vessels and other systems against
excessive pressure. Also designed for
district pressure regulator installations
where a dependable valve is required
downstream to deal with regulator creep
and to avoid premature release of safety
shut-off valve
❑ for natural gas and all non corrosive
gaseous media
❑ wide operational outlet pressure range
180° relative to body and can be
positioned in any angle
❑ installation in any angle
❑ wide range of interchangeable orifices,
without removing the body from the
pipeline

pmax 25 bar
relief pressure set ranges:

0.550 to 11.3 bar
sizes:
R 1/2”, 3/4” , 1”, 1.1/4”
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
259
relief pressure range

relief pressure range spring number colour
0.550 to 0.830 261 yellow
0.690 to 1.720 262 aluminium
1.508 to 4.140 263 white
3.780 to 6.900 264 tan
6.200 to 11.370 265 grey
dimensions and weights (all sizes)

face-to-face 102 mm
weight 7 kg
260
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK3
spring-loaded, diaphragm-operated relief valve

applications
shut-off valve
gaseous media
❑ lightweight and dependable
❑ inlet test point

pmax 0.350 bar

0.010 to 0.120 bar
sizes:
R 3/4", 1", 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
261
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK3

3/4" & 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"
face-to-face mm 103 164 164 210
weight in kg 0.63 1.95 1.87 3.91
relief pressure ranges

relief pressure range spring spring number
in bar colour 3/4" & 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"
0.010 to 0.030 red 859 - - -
0.025 to 0.065 brown 861 - - -
0.050 to 0.090 blue 1239 - - -
0.085 to 0.120 yellow 1238 - - -
0.010 to 0.028 blue - 1069 1069 1074
0.028 to 0.060 black - 1071 1071 1076
0.040 to 0.080 self - 1156 1156 1157
0.060 to 0.120 orange - 1181 1181 1182
262
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226HR MK3

applications
shut-off valve
gaseous media

pmax 0.5 bar
0.025 to 0.350 bar
sizes: R 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"

relief pressure spring spring number
range in bar colour 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"
0.025 to 0.080 orange 495 495 497
0.070 to 0.170 blue 835 835 1183
0.160 to 0.350 grey 1178 1178 1184

1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"
weight in kg 2.38 2.30 4.70
263
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK2 & 226HR MK2

applications
shut-off valve
gaseous media
max. operating pressure pmax

BD-RMG 226R - 0.2 bar
BD-RMG 226HR - 0.5 bar

BD-RMG 226R - 0.010 to 0.070 bar
BD-RMG 226HR - 0.010 to 0.215 bar
sizes:
R 3" and DN 65, DN 80
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
264
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK2 & 226HR MK2

relief pressure range spring colour spring numbers
in bar 226 R 226 HR
0.010 to 0.220 metal 790 790
0.020 to 0.035 green 791 791
0.030 to 0.070 yellow 799 799
0.062 to 0.120 orange - 775
0.115 to 0.215 blue - 778

226 R 226 HR
3" DN 65 DN 80 3" DN 65 DN 80
face-to-face mm 292 318 318 292 318 318
weight in kg 13.6 16.0 16.4 16.4 18.7 19.1
265
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226VR-MK2 & 226HVR-MK2

applications
shut-off valve
gaseous media
max. operating pressure pmax

7 and 25 bar rated models

BD-RMG 226 VR - 0.025 to 0.550 bar
BD-RMG 226 VHR - 0.5 to 3.5 bar
sizes:
R 3/4”, 1”
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
266
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226VR-MK2 & 226HVR-MK2

relief pressure spring spring numbers
range in bar colour 226 VR-MK2 226 HVR-MK2
0.025 to 0.042 red 1072 (2.18 dia.) -
0.040 to 0.060 red 1090 (2.64 dia.) -
0.055 to 0.085 yellow 1091 -
0.080 to 0.125 green 1092 -
0.125 to 0.210 brown 1093 -
0.200 to 0.325 blue 1094 -
0.320 to 0.550 black 1095 -
0.500 to 0.650 blue - 1094
0.6 to 1.1 black - 1095
1.0 to 2.0 red/yellow - 1282
2.0 to 3.5 red/white - 1283

226VR-MK2 226HVR-MK2
face-to-face mm 122 mm 122 mm
weight in kg 5.0 5.5
267
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680R MK2-EVA

excessive pressure
gaseous media
assembly
valves
max. operating pressure pmax 0.5 bar

0.015 to 0.350 bar
sizes:
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

series 680R MK2 - EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 50 267 80
DN 80 318 98
DN 100 369 133
DN 150 473 268
DN 200 569 350
268
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680R MK2-EVA

relief pressure regulator size
range in bar DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200
0.015 to 0.020 - - 410 - -
black/gold
0.015 to 0.040 371 404 - - -
yellow/orange yellow/maroon
0.017 to 0.040 - - - 447 -
silver/lt.blue
0.020 to 0.030 - - - - 428
yellow/lt.green
0.020 to 0.040 - - 412 - -
yellow/gold
0.025 to 0.400 - - - - 456
silver/lt.green
0.035 to 0.050 - - - 421 457
red/lt.blue stone/lt.green
0.035 to 0.090 415 415 415 - -
grey/gold grey/gold grey/gold
0.060 to 0.090 - - - - 431
grey/lt.green
0.045 to 0.065 - - - - 430
brown/lt.green
0.045 to 0.090 - - - 423 -
grey/lt.blue
0.085 to 0.210 454 454 454 446 446
mauve/maroon mauve/maroon mauve/maroon mauve/lt.blue mauve/lt.blue
0.190 to 0.350 445 445 445 448 448
stone/orange stone/orange stone/orange stone/lt.blue stone/lt.blue
269
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 684R

excessive pressure
gaseous media
assembly
valves
max. operating pressure pmax 8.6 bar

0.207 to 6.206 bar
sizes:
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
270
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 684R

outlet pressure range regulator size
in bar spring number spring colour
0.207 to 0.414 655 yellow
0.414 to 0.621 656 grey
0.621 to 1.034 657 blue
1.034 to 2.068 658. red
2.068 to 3.793 659 brown
3.793 to 5.172 660 black
4.827 to 6.206 659 & 661 brown/white

series 684R face-to-face in mm weight in kg
DN 50 267 49
DN 80 318 68
DN 100 369 102
DN 150 473 193
271
accessories - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
inline filter
applications
gaseous media
❑ interchangeable filter elements
❑ special cover for quick opening
❑ locking facility

pmax 10 bar
standard element:
50 or 200 micron stainless steel element
other types available on request
sizes:
DN 80, DN100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250,
DN 300
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

inlet DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
outlet DN 50 DN 80 DN 50 DN 100 DN 80 DN 150 DN 100 DN200 DN 250 DN 300
face-to- 392 304 433 356 576. 483 654 559 660 660
face
weight 37 36 41 42 54 56 100 111 172 250
in kg
272
angle-type filter
applications
gaseous media
❑ special cover for quick opening
❑ locking facility

pmax 10 bar
standard element:
sizes:
DN 80, DN100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250,
DN 300
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

Inlet DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
outlet DN 50 DN 80 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 80 DN 150 DN 100 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
face-to-face 240 152 255 255 159 335 235 390 311 387 463
(angular)
weight in kg 35 34 39 41 40 52 54 98 109 170 248
273
pilot filter
❑ for use with the range of power pilot

operated high pressure regulators
❑ cartridge type replacement moulded
fibreglass element
gaseous media
❑ low pressure loss characteristics
❑ sturdy construction
❑ blow-down drain tap removes unwanted
material

pmax 83 bar
element:
moulded fibreglass tube,
filtration area 150 cm2
sizes:
R 1/4” NPT
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
weight:
2.3 kg
274
angle-type filter
applications
gaseous media
❑ low pressure loss quick release plug
(cross bore drilled vent)
❑ dust catching facility

pmax 25 bar
(dependant upon size and material)
standard element:
sizes:
R 3/4”, 1”, 1.1/2”, 2” and DN 50
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

size 3/4” 1” 1.1/2” 2” DN 50
face-to-face 38 50 78 88 110
(angular) mm
weight in kg 0.6 1.2 78 88 110
275
‘Y’-type filter
applications
gaseous media
❑ low pressure loss quick release plug
(cross bore drilled vent)

pmax 10 bar
standard element:
sizes:
R 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1.1/4”, 1.1/2”, 2”
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1.1/4” 1.1/2” 2” DN 50
face-to-face in mm 79 89 110 152 152 156 230
weight in kg 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 10.5
276
self-acting, discriminatory check valve

❑ the valve is primarily intended for use in
conjunction with a slamshut valve in gas
pressure reduction stations feeding a
common district network or industrial
premises
❑ Its purpose is to automatically identify and
initiate the isolation of a faulty regulator
whilst protecting a healthy regulator
against inadvertent shut-off
gaseous media
❑ high capacity at low pressure drop
❑ wafer type assembly for fitting between
flanges
❑ the valve may also be used as a
conventional check valve in applications
requiring the prevention of reverse mass
flow, but where a small amount of reverse
leakage can be tolerated

pmax 7 bar
constructional strength:
19 bar
reverse pressure differential:

up to 1 bar
sizes: (bore)
50, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 300 mm
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
277
self-acting, discriminatory check valve

❑ the valve is primarily intended for use in
conjunction with a slamshut valve in gas
pressure reduction stations and
transmission systems
❑ Its purpose is to automatically identify and
initiate the isolation of a faulty regulator
whilst protecting a healthy regulator
against inadvertent shut-off
gaseous media
❑ high capacity at low pressure drop
❑ wafer type assembly for fitting between
flanges
❑ the valve may also be used as a
conventional check valve in applications
requiring the prevention of reverse mass
flow, but where a small amount of reverse
leakage can be tolerated

pmax 100 bar

7 bar
sizes: (bore)
80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400,
450, 500, and 600 mm
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
278
non-return valve
❑ non-return valves are a means of
preventing a reverse flow and must be
fitted in the pipeline where air at higher
pressure is mixed with fuel gas
gaseous media
❑ easy fitting, compact design for fitting into
horizontal pipelines only
❑ easy maintenance, lubricationless design
is fully serviceable in situ
❑ top performance, valve has high
throughput capacities and gives positive
seal under all conditions of reverse
pressure

pmax 7 bar

7 bar
sizes:
R 2”, 3” and DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

size 2” 3” DN 80 DN 100 DN 150
face-to-face 195 200 241 282 356
in mm
weight in kg 8.7 13 16 23 43
279
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG NRV 50
non-return valve
❑ non-return valves are a means of
preventing a reverse flow and must be
fitted in the pipeline where air at higher
pressure is mixed with fuel gas
gaseous media
❑ easy fitting, compact design for fitting into
horizontal pipelines only
❑ easy maintenance, lubricationless design
is fully serviceable in situ
❑ top performance, valve has high
throughput capacities and gives positive
seal under all conditions of reverse
pressure

pmax 7 bar

7 bar
sizes:
R 1/2”, 1”
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C

size 1/2” 1”
face-to-face in mm 110 180
weight in kg 0.50 1.85
280
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 184 - 189
electronic clocking pilots

❑ for use where it is desirable to reduce the
outlet pressure during periods of low
demand
❑ the clock follows a 7 day cycle
❑ up to 6 switching times are available each
day
❑ pressure switch indication is by means of
2 LED indicators
❑ low battery indicator
❑ the times are programmable through an
external connector by means of a laptop
computer
❑ SIRA certified

pmax 0.350 bar
differential pressure:
0.075 bar
temperature range:
-20°C to +60°C
models available:
184 - Electro ‘K’
185 - Electroclock 2
186 - Electoclock 2 VS* (vent stack version)
187 - K’ Switch (operated by a Logger)
188 - 188 Electroswitch (requires logger)
189 - Electroswitch VS*(vent stack version)
* for fitting into the vent stack for the below

ground Gas Control Module.
281
Flow Metering Notes
Volume Meters
282
Flow Metering Overview
Volume Meters
overview
flow capacity max. max.service press. pipe size
type
(Qmax from...to) measuring range pmax in bar DN
rotary displacement G 40- G 160
meter (60-250 m3/h) 1 : 160 25 50, 80, 100
RMG 132-A
rotary displacement G 250 - G 1000
meter (400-4000 m3/h) 1 : 100 25 100, 150, 200,
RMG 130 (Z 01-A) 250, 300
turbine G 40 - G 16000 50, 80, 100, 150,
meter (65-25000 m3/h) 1 : 50 100 200, 250, 300,
TRZ 03 400, 500, 600
turbine G 40 - G 16000 50, 80, 100, 150,
meter (65-25000 m3/h) 1 : 50 100 200, 250, 300,
TRZ 03 L 400, 500, 600
volumeter G 65 - G 16000 50, 80, 100, 150,
TRZ 03 K (100-25000 m3/h) 1 : 16 100 200, 250, 300,
400, 500
electronic G 16 - G 16000 40, 50, 80, 100,
volumeter (25-25000 m3/h) 1 : 16 100 150,200,250,300,
TERZ 91 400, 500, 600
flow meter G 16 - G 40000 25,40,50,80,100,
WZ 07 (30-8000 m3/h) 1 : 60 100 (300) 150,200,250,300,
400,500,600,750
vortex meter G 40 - G 25000 80, 100,150, 200,
WBZ 08 (65-50000 m3/h) 1 : 50 100 (300) 250, 300, 400,
500, 600
283
Flow Metering Rotary Displacement Meter RMG 132
Volume Meters
gas volume meter for official calibration

❑ PTB- and EWG-approved for official
calibrated use
❑ can be installed in either horizontal or
vertical position
❑ large measuring range
❑ no flow straightening on upstream or
downstream side needed
❑ in accordance to DVGW VP900
❑ face-to-face dimensions optional:
- 3x DN
- acc. to EN 12480
❑ mechanic or electronic counters available
❑ pressure- and temperature connection
possibilities at body inlet and outlet
❑ can be combined with electronic compact
correctors

meter sizes G 40 to G 160
(from Qmax 65 m3/h to Qmax 230 m3/h)
max. measuring range 1:160
body material:
cast iron (GGG) or Aluminium
connections:
- flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25
- flanged to ANSI 150
in DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

RMG-Leaflet 132.00
284
Flow Metering Rotary Displacement Meter RMG 132
Volume Meters
dimensions and capacity

meter pipe size face-to-face dim. max. service pressure max. flow capacity
size DN (flange to flange) pmax Qmax
in mm in mm in bar m3/h
G 40 50 150* 25 65
G 40 50 171 25 65
G 65 50 150 25 100
G 65 50 171 25 100
G 100 80 171 25 160
G 100 80 241** 25 160
G 160 80 241 25 250
G 160 100 241 25 250
G 160 100 300** 25 250
*) only in body material GGG (cast iron)

**) lenthening with intermediate rings
285
Flow Metering Rotary Displacement Meter RMG 130 (Z 01-A)
Volume Meters

❑ PTB- and EWG-approved for official
calibrated use
❑ can be installed in either horizontal or
vertical position, both flow directions
possible
❑ no flow straightening on upstream or
downstream side needed
❑ can be combined with electronic compact
correctors
❑ integrated NF-pulse transmitter and meter
display with mechanical gear

connections:
DN 100, DN 150, DN 200
flanged to DIN PN 10, PN 16, PN 25
and ANSI 150
dimensions and capacity data

meter pipe size face-to-face dim. max. service pressure max. flow capacity
size DN (flange to flange) pmax Qmax
in mm in mm in bar in m3/h
G 250 100 350 25 400
G 400 150 350 25 650
G 650 150 500 25 1000
G 1000 200 500 25 1600

RMG-Leaflet 130.00
286
Flow Metering IG 02
Volume Meters
pulse transmitter
❑ for retro-fitting to mechanical drive shafts
of existing gas meters
RMG-Publication upon request
287
Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03
Volume Meters

❑ special version for corrosive gas
❑ mechanical counter showing total gas
flow in volume units (working cubic meter)
❑ high accuracy
❑ horizontal or vertical gas flow
❑ simultaneous connection of two auxiliary
instruments (e.g. integrator and load
recorder) to the output couplings is
possible
❑ TRZ 03E without mechanical index, with
electronical output for computer systems

connections
DN 50 to DN 600
flanged to DIN PN 10, PN 16, PN 25, PN 40,
PN 63, PN 100 and
flanged to ANSI 150, ANSI 300, ANSI 600

RMG Publication 3.161
288
Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03
Volume Meters

meter pipe size face-to-face max. service pressure max. flow capacity
sizes DN dimensions pmax Qmax
in mm in mm in bar in m3 /h
G 40 50 150 100 65
G 65 50 150 100 100
G 100 80 240 100 160
80 240
G 160 100 250
100 300
80 240
G 250 100 400
100 300
100 300
G 400 100 650
150 450
G 650 150 450 100 1000
150 450
G 1000 100 1600
200 600
200 600
G 1600 100 2500
250 750
250 750 100
G 2500 4000
300 900 100
300 900
G 4000 100 6500
400 1200
400 1200 100
G 6500 10000
500 1500 100
500 1500
G 10000 100 16000
600 1800
G 16000 600 1800 100 25000
289
Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 L
Volume Meters

❑ tested acc. to TRG13/OIML
❑ no additional inlet flow straightener
needed (even with strong turbulences)
❑ integrativel counter showing total gas flow
in volume units (working cubic meter)
❑ high accuracy

connections
DN 50 to DN 600
PN 63, PN 100 and

290
Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 L
Volume Meters

sizes DN dimensions pmax Qmax
in mm in mm in bar in m3 /h
G 40 50 150 100 65
G 65 50 150 100 100
G 100 80 240 100 160
80 240
G 160 100 250
100 300
80 240
G 250 100 400
100 300
100 300
G 400 100 650
150 450
G 650 150 450 100 1000
150 450
G 1000 100 1600
200 600
200 600
G 1600 100 2500
250 750
250 750 100
G 2500 4000
300 900 100
300 900
G 4000 100 6500
400 1200
400 1200 100
G 6500 10000
500 1500 100
500 1500
G 10000 100 16000
600 1800
G 16000 600 1800 100 25000
291
Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 K
Volume Meters
gas volume meter for non-official calibration

gaseous media
❑ mechanical counter showing total gas
flow in volume units (working cubic meter)
❑ high accuracy
❑ simultaneous connection of two auxiliary
instruments (e.g. integrator and load
recorder) to the output couplings is
possible

measuring range: 1:16
connections
DN 50 to DN 600
PN 63, PN 100 and
or sandwich-version for DN 50 to DN 250

292
Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 K
Volume Meters

pipe size face-to-face max.service pressure max. flow capacity max. flow capacity
DN dimensions pmax Qmax Qmax
in mm in mm in bar in m3/h in m3/h
50 150 (100**) 100 6 100
10 160
80 120 100 16 250
25 400
25 400
100 150 100
40 650
40 650
150 175 100 65 1000
100 1600
100 1600
200 200 100
160 2500
160 2500
250 250 100
250 4000
250 4000
300 300 100
400 6500
400 6500
400 400 100
650 10000
650 10000
500 400 100
1000 16000
1000 16000
600 480 100
1600 25000
*) fast-rotating version
**) face-to-face dimensions for sandwich version
293
Flow Metering Electronic Volumeter TERZ 91
Volume Meters

gaseous media
❑ electronic, battery-operated counting
mechanism (service life min. 6 years)
❑ torqueless metering system showing total
gas flow in volume units (working cubic
meter)
❑ high accuracy
❑ standard NF- and HF-frequency outputs
❑ resettable totalizer
❑ electronic suppression of overtravel
possible
❑ current output (external power supply unit
required)
❑ explosion protection: EEX ib II CT4

(Qmax 100 m3/h up to Qmax 25000 m3/h)
connections:
- standard
DN 25 to DN 600
flanged to PN 100 and ANSI 600
- optional
DN 25 and DN 40 threaded-end sandwich
design
DN 50 to DN 250 in sandwich design

294
Flow Metering Electronic Volumeter TERZ 91
Volume Meters

pipe size sandwich flange body flange body min. flow max. flow
design capacity capacity
DN face-to-face pmax face-to-face pmax face-to-face pmax Qmin Qmax
in mm in bar in mm in bar in mm in bar in m3/h in m3/h
25 185* 16* - - - - 2,5 25
40 140* 16* - - - - 5 70
50 80 25 150 50 80** 100 6 100
10 250
80 120 25 120 40 120** 100
25 400
25 400
100 150 25 150 40 150** 100
40 650
40 650
150 175 25 175 40 175** 100
100 1600
100 1600
200 200 25 200 40 200** 100
160 2500
160 2500
250 250 25 300 25 250** 100
250 4000
250 4000
300 - - 300 25 450 100
400 6500
400 6500
400 - - 400 25 600 100
650 10000
650 10000
500 - - 400 25 750 100
1000 16000
1000 16000
600 - - 480 25 900 100
1600 25000
*) threaded-end connection
**) monoflange design
295
Flow Metering Flow-Meter WZ 07 (compact vortex meter)
Volume Meters

❑ for almost all gaseous and liquid media in
gas technics, engineering and chemical
industry
❑ vortex meter with complete metering line
❑ wide metering range
❑ metering factor independent of medium
❑ long-term measuring accuracy without
drift
❑ interchangeable vortex unit
❑ double sensors easily interchangeable
through fittings
❑ same additional equipment as for vortex
meter

(Qmax 30 m3/h up to Qmax 80000 m3/h)
max. measuring range: 1:60
connections:
DN 25 to DN 600
flanged to DIN PN 40, PN 100
and flanged to ANSI 300, ANSI 600
length of metering line:

12 x pipe size

296
Flow Metering Flow-Meter WZ 07 (compact vortex meter)
Volume Meters

pipe size face-to-face max. service pressure min. flow capacity max. flow capacity
DN dimensions* pmax Qmin Qmax
in mm in mm in bar in m3/h in m3/h
25 350 100 1.5 30
40 560 100 2 100
50 700 100 4 200
80 1120 100 10 600
100 1400 100 15 1200
150 2100 100 30 2500
200 2000 100 80 5000
250 2500 100 130 8000
300 3000 100 200 12000
400 4000 100 320 18000
500 4000 100 500 30000
600 4000 100 800 50000
750 4000 100 1500 80000
*) complete length (including inlet flow straightener)
297
Flow Metering Vortex Meter WBZ 08
Volume Meters

❑ for almost all gaseous and liquid media in
gas technics, engineering and chemical
industry
❑ vortex meter for gas and liquids volume
measurement, which is used in connec-
tion with additional devices for pressure
and temperature corrected data or
together with a density meter for mass-
flow designation
❑ large measuring range
❑ high accuracy
❑ high reliability, unharmed by any overload
conditions, independant of vibrations
❑ maintenance possible without having to
interrupt operation
❑ double signal output for additional devices
(for instance for pulse processing devices,
electric and electromagnetic metering
systems, and Flow Computers)

(300 bar)
max. measuring range: 1:50
connections:
DN 40 to DN 600
flanged to PN 40, PN 100, PN 160 and
flanged to ANSI 300, ANSI 600

298
Flow Metering Vortex Meter WBZ 08
Volume Meters
dimensions and capacity*

sizes DN dimensions** pmax Qmax
in mm in mm in bar in m3/h
G 40 40 120 100 65
G 65 40 120 100 100
G 65 50 150 100 100
G 100 50 150 100 160
G 160 250
80 240 100
G 250 400
G 400 650
100 300 100
G 650 1000
G 1000 1600
150 450 100
G 1600 2500
G 1600 2500
200 600 100
G 2500 4000
G 2500 4000
250 750 100
G 4000 6500
G 4000 6500
300 900 100
G 6500 10000
G 6500 10000
400 1200 100
G 10000 16000
G 10000 16000
500 1500 100
G 16000 25000
G 16000 25000
600 1800 100
G 25000 40000
*) This table shows standard sizes. Special sizes upon request.

**) For officially calibrated measuring lines, vortex meters must be used together with
a flow straightener on the inlet side and an outlet pipe.
Total length of the metering line: 28 x nominal width.
299
Flow Metering Ultraschallgaszähler USZ 08
Volume Meters

❑ applicable from pabs = 1 bar upwards
❑ high stability against incoming disturban-
ces due to durch 6 measuring vectors in 3
different planes
❑ tested acc. to TR G13 / OIML
❑ high-pressure calibration with air acc. to
TR G7
❑ high flow velocity (up to 40 m/s), thus
smaller sizes can be used compared to
turbine meters
❑ sensor exchange possible without re-
calibration
❑ high accuracy
❑ robust and dirt-repelling sensors made of
Titan
❑ reliable PANAMETRICS sensors
❑ simple handling with Flow Computer
Series ERZ 9000 T
PTB approved

(optional 250 bar)
measuring rang 1:50 to 1:125
connections:
- flanged to DIN PN 40, PN 100
- flanged to ANSI 300, ANSI 600 l ANSI 900,
ANSI 1500 (optiona)
in DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, DN 250, DN
300, DN 400, DN 500, DN 600 (optional DN
750)

300
Flow Metering Ultraschallgaszähler USZ 08
Volume Meters
dimensions and capacity*

pipe size face-to-face min. flow capacity max. flow capacity meter sizes
in dimensions** Qmin Qmax
DN (inch) in mm in m3/h in m3/h G
150 ( 6“) 1000 50 2500 650 / 1000 / 1600
200 ( 8“) 1000 80 4000 1000 / 1600 / 2500
250 (10“) 1250 130 6500 1600 / 2500 / 4000
300 (12“) 1200 130 10000 2500 / 4000 / 6500
400 (16“) 1200 200 16000 4000 / 6500 / 10000
500 (20“) 1500 200 25000 6500 / 10000 / 16000
600 (24“) 1800 320 40000 10000 / 16000 / 25000
*) This table shows standard sizes. Special sizes upon request.
**) For officially calibrated measuring lines it is necessary to have a straight piece of pipe
(length 10 x DN) in front of the meter, and a straight length of 3 x DN) on the outlet side
of the meter.
301
Flow Measurement Resistance Thermometer PT 100
Sensor Systems
sensor for gas temperature measurement

❑ resistance thermometer PT 100
❑ optional: mounting in immersion sleeve
❑ explosion protected
electric connection
PT 100 DIN - 4-wire connection
connection head AGG-Ex
explosion protection according to

EEx d II C T 6
screw connection
G 3/4
mounting length
160 (250) mm
302
Flow Measurement Pressure Transmitters
Sensor Systems
sensor for gas pressure measurement

❑ measuring range freely adjustable
❑ explosion protected
- transmitter 3051 C
measuring range
0-250 bar (adjustable)
- transmitter G 2088 A
measuring range
0-50 bar
electric connection
2-wire measuring system 4-20 mA,
auxiliary power via transmitter supply unit
or corrector
explosion protection
flameproof enclosure according to EN
temperature compensation
-20°C to +60°C (standard)
303
Flow Measurement Density Transmitter DG 08
Sensor Systems
sensor system for gas density at working load
❑ for non-official calibration and official

calibration
❑ density sensor operates with a tuning fork
system. The frequency is influenced by
the density of the ambient gas
❑ vibrations are generated electro-
magnetically and are signalled to the
downstream computer (Flow-Computer)
❑ connecting a downstream Flow-Computer
- density/specific gravity corrector - is
necessary
❑ explosion-proof version as a special
feature

measuring range 2 kg/m3 to 250 kg/m3
officially calibrated 4 kg/m3 to 250 kg/m3
service temperature -10°C to +50°C
vibration frequency 1100 Hz
connections
- screw joint without brazing to DIN 2353
for external pipe dia. 10 mm;
- cable-screwing PG 11

304
Flow Measurement Standard Density Transducer NDG 08
Sensor Systems
sensor system for gas density at working load
❑ for non-official calibration and official

calibration
❑ density metering by frequency of a tuning
fork, the frequency is influenced by the
density of the ambient gas
❑ vibrations are electro-magnetically
generated and are signalled to a desity
corrector (Flow-Computer)
❑ the transmitter works with two tuning fork
systems which are located in separate
metering chambers. One metering
chamber is filled by a metering gas,
similar to a reference gas. Same pressure
and same temperature is produced
between the two metering chambers
❑ the connection of a downstream Flow-
Computer - density/specific gravity
corrector - is necessary
❑ explosion-proof version as a special
feature
max. service pressure p max 5 bar

measuring range 0.4 kg/m3 to 3.5 kg/m3
officially calibrated 0.65 kg/m3 to 1.65 kg/m3
service temperature -20°C to +50°C
vibration frequency 1100 Hz for both systems
connections:
- screw joints without brazing to DIN 2353
for external pipe dia. 10 mm;
- cable-screwing PG 11

305
Flow Measurement Standard Density Transmitter NDG 08 T
Sensors Systems
for the measurement of gas density at standard conditions

❑ measurement of gas densities at standard
conditions
❑ monitoring of gas mixtures
❑ analysis of binary gas mixtures
❑ control of processes
working pressure
3-10 bar
measuring range
0.4 - 3.5 kg/m3
service temperature
0°C to +50°C
supply via intrinsically safe EExi isolating
amplifier
output signal
4-20 mA (2-wire)
service interface
option
cabinet version for outdoor installation

306
Flow Measurement Wobbe Index Meter WOM 2000 S
Sensors Systems
for combustion-free determination of Wobbe index, calorific values, etc.

❑ for combustion-free determination of
Wobbe index, calorific, heating values and
standard densities
❑ automatic calibration or manual
❑ measuring accuracy ± 1%
❑ measuring medium natural gas (standard)
or burnable gases
service pressure
pmin = 0.3 bar pmax = 2.5 bar
response time
11-28 s
gas consumption
15 I/h
electric connections
supply voltage 230 VAC, 24 VDC
outlet signal 0/4-20 mA

307
Flow Measurement Velocity of Sound Transducer VOS 07
Sensor Systems
sound velocity metering instrument

mode of operation:
The velocity of sound transducer VOS 07
works to the vortex pipe principle
technical data:
measuring range 150-1500 m/s
accuracy 0.2%
service pressure 3 bar
ambient temperature -10 to 50°C
outlet frequency/current
installation in Ex-zone, intrin-
sically safe power
supply
gas consumption approx. 100 l/h

308
Flow Measurement Velocity of Sound Transducer VOS 07
Sensor Systems
1) correction of the sound velocity 2) standard gravity

influence on vibration element density For natural gases, the isentropic coefficient k
sensor changes only slightly. The standard gravity or
the relative gravity ratio can be derived from
ρc = ρ · K1 · (1 + K2 c2) the following formula.
1
ρn = · k · pn
ρ density c2
K 1, K2 sensor constants
in connection with density sensors, flow 3) gas analysis - binary gas mixtures
computers etc. high-precision gas density
measurements are possible. This sound cmix = F (g) g mass fraction
velocity correction has been officially Sound characteristic curves represent the
approved by the PTB for connection to sound velocity as a function of the gas
RMG´s Flow Computer ERZ 9000 turbo. concentration.
4) monitoring of base volume integration

Flow Computer ERZ 9000 turbo
by measurement of the relative gas concen-
tration.
Ho Cn ρn VB ρb
(2x)
CAL VOS 07 NDG 5) monitoring and detection of gas change

in gas lines.
M DG
M vortex/turbine meter For set-up, installation and operation of the

DG density sensor VOS 07 see RMG Publication No. 3.531
NDG standard gravity sensor on density transmitter / specific gravity
CAL calorimeter transmitters
VOS 07 velocity of sound transducer
309
Flow Measurement Velocity of Sound Transmitter VOS 07 T
Sensor Systems
device for the measurement of sound velocity in gas

❑ measurement of the velocity of sound in a
certain gas
❑ to monitor the concentration of one com-
ponent in a gas mixture
❑ control of processes
working pressure
approx. 2.5 bar
measuring range
150-1500 m/s
service temperature
-10°C to +50°C
power supply via intrinsically safe EExi
connections
outlet signal
❑ 4-20 mA (2-conductors)
❑ service interface
option
cabinet version for outdoor installation

310
Flow Measurement Measuring Device EMC 500
Sensor Systems
measuring device for standard density and calorific value

❑ for combustion-free determination of
calorific value, standard density, heating
value, and Wobbe index
❑ determination of amount of energy
through integrated corrector functionality
❑ no influence by surrounding air
❑ measuring precision better than ± 0.5%
❑ suitable for natural gas and other com-
bustible gases
❑ works without additional carrier gas or
other supporting gases
applied for PTB-approval (II 2002)
service pressure
pmin = 0.3 bar pmax = 2.5 bar
response time
15-60 s
gas consumption
15 I/h
service temperature
-10°C to +50°C
electric connections
supply voltage 230 VAC, 24 VDC
outlet signal 0/4-20 mA
DSfG-connection acc. to DVGW G 485

311
Flow Measurement process gas chromatograph PGC 900 BBQ
Sensor Systems
gas chromatograph for determining calorific value, standard density, and amount of CO2
components:
nitrogen
methane
carbon dioxide
ethane
propane
i-butane
n-butane
neo-pentane
i-pentane
n-pentane
C6+
7 components are measured; Pentane and
C6+ are calculated acc. to TR G 486.
❑ suitable for measuring calorific value, duration of analysis

standard density, Wobbe index and < 180 seconds
relative density of natural gases
❑ the analysis system consists of the carrier gas
components:
Helium
- analyzing unit CP 2002 BBQ
- analytical computer GC 9000
inlet pressures
❑ calculation of calorific value according to
ISO 6976 carrier gas 5.5 bar
❑ automatic re-calibration measuring gas 1.5 bar
❑ compact design
analytical computer GC 9000
❑ no seperate bottle holder necessary
19”-module 3 HE (48 TE)
❑ low runnung costs
(based on flow computer ERZ 9000)
approved by PTB outlet signal

- serial interface
- DSfG-interface acc. to DVGW G 485
- analog signal
RMG Meßtechnik GmbH - service interface
RMGPublication 3.575
312
Flow Measurement process gas chromatograph PGC 9000 VC
Sensor Systems
gas chromatograph for measurement of 11 gas components

components:
nitrogen
methane
carbon dioxide
ethane
propane
i-butane
n-butane
neo-pentane
i-pentane
n-pentane
C6+
duration of analysis
< 180 seconds
❑ suitable for measuring 11 natural gas
components, of which the following is carrier gas
calculated: calorific value, standard
Helium
density, Wobbe index and relative density
of natural gases
inlet pressures
❑ the analysis system consists of the
components: carrier gas 5.5 bar
- analyzing unit CP 2002 measuring gas 1.5 bar
- analytical computer GC 9000
❑ calculation of calorific value according to analytical computer GC 9000
ISO 6976 19”-module 3 HE (48 TE)
❑ automatic recalibration (based on flow computer ERZ 9000)
❑ adaptable to max. 4 gas streams
outlet signal
approved by PTB - serial interface
- DSfG-interface acc. to DVGW G 485
- analog signal
- service interface

RMGPublication 3.572
313
Flow Measurement Compact Corrector EC 694
Electronic Corrector Systems, Flow Computers
microcomputer for correction by pressure and temperature

❑ base volume corrector
❑ calculation acc. to GERG 88 S for natural
gas or for industrial gases acc. to Beattie
& Bridgeman, optionally combinable with
a gas chromatograph
❑ calibration during operation
❑ data logging system included
❑ mains or battery powered
❑ integrated pressure transmitter
❑ single channel volume input
❑ installation possible directly on metering
device
❑ installation possible in Ex-zone 1
approved by PTB
casing
cast aluminium, protection IP 54,
PG-screws
installation in locations G 490 (Ex-zone II)

max. service pressure pmax 10 bara
(Ex)i-version for installations in locations acc.

to G 491 (Ex-zone I)

314
Flow Measurement Compact Corrector EC 694
input signals (volume pulse)

- single channel: Reed contact, max. input
frequency fmax 1 Hz (if battery-operated)
- 2-channel: max. input frequency fmax 400
Hz (if mains-operated)
communication
- optical connection for infrared scanner
- 4-wire connection (for M-Bus)
- 3-wire connection
display
- 2-line LCD-field, 16 digits per line
ambient temperature
- 20°C to +60°C
power supply (optional)

- 24 / 9.2 VDC
- 2 lithium batteries
315
Flow Measurement Volume Corrector EC 994
microcomputer for calculation of standard volume

❑ base volume corrector or calorific value
corrector
❑ calculation acc. to GERG 88 S for natural
gas or for industrial gases acc. to Beattie
& Bridgeman, optionally combinable with
a gas chromatograph
❑ volume meter error-curve linearization
❑ remote programming possible via DSfG-
Bus
❑ freezing of measured values and
operands
❑ with data logging function as tariff
recorder acc. to DSfG rules
❑ plug-in modular design, 19“ rack-mounting
unit
❑ electrical separation acc. to Ex-rules
integrated in the unit
approved by PTB

316
Flow Measurement Volume Corrector EC 994
connections
- 2-channel volume input
- impulse and analog outputs
- digital connections for status signals
communication
- digital connections V24 / RS 232 C
- DSfG connection acc. to DVGW G 495
display
- electronic totalizers
- electronic ID data
ambient temperature
-20°C to +60°C
power supply (optional)

- 24 VDC
- 230 VAC
317
Flow Measurement Volume Corrector ERZ 2200
microcomputer for freely choosable volume correction

The volume corrector ERZ 2200 is one
functional unit of the System 2200.
❑ base volume corrector or calorific value

corrector
❑ for one or two flow meters
❑ calculation acc. to GERG 88 S, AGA-NX-
19, or AGA 8
❑ bus connection via DSfG or MODBUS
❑ easy-to-use plain-speech menues
❑ measuring values and signals shown in
text form
❑ data storage for tariff purposes acc. to
DSfG standard
❑ tariff recording unit
❑ remote setting via DSfG-Bus
❑ calibration during operation, and freezing
of measured values and operands
❑ plug-in modular design, 19” mounting rack
approved by PTB

RMG Information 3.831
318
Flow Measurement Volume Corrector ERZ 2200
functional groups: volume corrector ERZ 2200
The System 2200 is constructed in modules: d) officially calibrated volume correction

SCS 2200 - station control system - base volume correction
ERZ 2200 - volume corrector - calorific value correction
MRG 2200 - tariff recorder - density/mass correction (optional)
Single components or combinations thereof - differential pressure corrrector
can be combined in one housing.
tariff recorder MRG 2200

station control system SCS 2200
takes over the regulation, steering and e) data logging and recording of
supervision - events (messages)
- working data
a) regulation - calibrated tariff data (MRG-tasks)
- gas pressure and flow regulation with
pneumatic or electric valve systems
- pre-heater regulation with optimized functions incorporated in every group:
steering of the boiler
- regulation of the heating system in a gas f) remote signalling and control
station - DSfG- or Modbus-communication
- communication for remote regulation
b) steering - modem connection
- switching of lines or meters acc. to flow
values g) other functions
- control of the odorizing dosing pump - volume correction (cannot be calibrated)
- switching of pumps in heating systems for several meters
- DSfG radio-signal clock for synchronizing
c) supervision the complete system
- analog and binary supervision and
recording of signals, and documentation
thereof
- supervision of filters via differential
pressure
- comparing of signals, i.e. comparing
meters positioned in a row
319
Flow Measurement Flow Computer Series ERZ 9000 „Turbo“
Microcomputer for freely choosable volume correction

❑ freely choosable applications of the ERZ
9000 „Turbo“:
- base volume corrector

ERZ 9004
- density/mass corrector
ERZ 9002
- calorific value corrector
ERZ 9102, ERZ 9104
- differential pressure corrector
ERZ 9012, 9014
❑ for correction via pressure and tempe-

rature, calculation of the standard volume
is made acc. to GERG 88 S for natural
gases or acc. to Beattie & Bridgeman,
also using measured values received
from a process gas chromatograph
❑ for correction via actual density and
standard density, the velocity-of-sound
effect is measured and calculated
approved by PTB

320
Flow Measurement Flow Computer Series ERZ 9000 „Turbo“

❑ freely programmable parameters,
constants, limiting values
❑ freezing of measured values and
operands
❑ real-time clock
❑ plug-in modular design, 19” mounting rack
connections
❑ 2-channel volume input
❑ pulse and analog outputs
❑ V24/RS 232 C digital interfaces
❑ Standard data communication (DSfG)
interface conforming to DVGW G 485
(option)
display
electronic totalizers
power supply
230/110/24 VAC, 24 VDC
ambient temperature
-10°C to + 50°C
321
Data Logging and Recording Data Recording System MRG 800
recording, transfer, and evaluation
measured data recording system

features:
❑ 4 pulse inputs (intrinsically safe)
❑ 2 analog inputs
❑ 2 signal inputs (intrinsically safe)
❑ 2 signal outputs
❑ pulse summing with pulse sum output
❑ internal standard- or GSM-modem
❑ various transfer protocols:
MRG800/910, DSfG, IEC1107
❑ local electrical and optical interfaces
❑ timer system with synchronisation via
signal input or PTB - time service per
telephone
❑ automatic and/or remote switching
between summer- and wintertime
application: ❑ time pulse output, adjustable from 1 min
❑ totalizer-value recording to 1 h
❑ flow recording ❑ battery-operated (without modem),

endurance 6 years
❑ monitoring of special contracts
❑ integrated power unit for external supply
❑ monitoring of flow values 230V/50Hz or 9 to 36 VDC
❑ determination of maximum values ❑ official storage unit for load profiles
❑ supervision of maximum values
❑ memorizing of temperature and pressure
values
❑ supervision of temperature and pressure
values
❑ addition of pulse values / registering of
pulse differences
Karl Wieser GmbH
322
Data Logging and Recording Data Recording System MRG 2100
measured data recording system

features:
❑ 4 pulse inputs with or without explosion
protection
❑ 4 analog inputs for currents of
0 to 20 mA
❑ signal inputs
❑ 1 input for synchronization of the internal
timer
❑ 4 programmable signal outputs for limit
value signals, timer contacts and sum
pulse output
❑ 4 pulse outputs
❑ 1 collective signal output
❑ exchangeable data memory (”credit-
card”- memory, up to a memory depth of
one year)
application: ❑ processing of analog values:
❑ recording of energy quantities - display and printout of sample and
❑ peak load monitoring, limit value average data of physical units
monitoring - average values for defined measuring
❑ deterimination of min./max. values over periods, per day and month
defined periods - monitoring of limit values
❑ processing of the signals
❑ recording and transmission of events
(condition, operation and fault signals) - output via the collective signal output
- provision of record by the printer
❑ recording of service hours of individual - storage in data memory
devices and complete plants - initiation of remote transmission
❑ maintenance interval recall signals
❑ issue of daily, monthly and yearly
recording sheets
❑ recording, monitoring and accounting of
price/supply basis
❑ monitoring of special contracts
Karl Wieser GmbH
323
Data Logging and Recording Tariff Recorder MRG 2200
microcomputer for tariff recording

features:
❑ data logging for pulsed and analog values
acc. to DSfG standard
❑ data logging via DSfG-Bus and/or through
direct input
❑ determination of maximum values for
input values (coming directly or via DSfG)
❑ pulse and analog value summing for any
DSfG data points
❑ pulse and analog value output for any
DSfG data points
❑ binary and analog steering outputs
❑ limit monitoring for analog values
❑ logging and transfer of signals
❑ official storage unit for load profiles
application:
❑ central tariff recording of volume and logging of gas condition values:
condition data in medium-sized and large ❑ long-term archive for gas condition values
DSfG systems in connection with a process gas
❑ registration of gas condition data in chromatograph
connection with a process gas chromato- ❑ supervision and recording of calibration
graph and testing cycles
❑ process data registration and station ❑ calculation and saving of hourly, daily,
monitoring and monthly average values for the gas
components
Karl Wieser GmbH
324
Data Logging and Recording TW 2101
load control systems, data evaluating software
load control system

features:
❑ variable, freely programmable input
channels for acquiring binary and analog
information
❑ load-value outlook for hourly and daily
prediction
❑ access to all recorded and actual
measured values, locally or per data
remote transmission with fixed and/or
dialled telephone connections
❑ gas outlook predicted on the basis of daily
profiles
❑ flexible time-switching programme with 8
switching channels
❑ time synchronisation via DCF77 radio
signal
application: ❑ comprehensive programmes for operation
❑ peak load monitoring for gas supply and evaluation
❑ gas supply optimization

❑ switch-over from gas to oil consumption
via remote control
Karl Wieser GmbH
325
Data Logging and Recording Data Readout System WIOCM
software
features:
❑ universal DSfG-/MRG-DFÜ data
acquisition system for registered values
and process data
❑ up to 16 simultaneous connections
possible
❑ can be used as working computer and
client/server-system
❑ modular construction
❑ time-switching programme with 8
switching channels
❑ integrated data storage system
❑ recording hardware of other producers
can be incorporated
❑ can be used with Win9x/ME, WinNT, Win
2000
❑ comfortable, mainly automized build-up of

station data
❑ automatic time-based data extraction
❑ manual data extraction
❑ visualization of extracted data
❑ automatic and manual export of extracted
data in defineable ASCII format
❑ display of momentary values and remote
parameter setting for stations
❑ automatic modem-line build-up for signals
coming from the stations
Karl Wieser GmbH
326
Data Logging and Recording Data Evaluation WICAL
software
features:
❑ evaluation of gas data in graphic and
table form
❑ data source: WIESER tariff recorders,
RMG volume correctors, DSfG archives
❑ definition of single and combined
measuring points
❑ standard volume- and energy calculation
❑ administration of storage amount
❑ protocol layout definable by user
❑ any single and combined measuring
points can be added to a protocol
❑ daily, monthly, yearly, and compared
protocols
❑ unlimited different protocols are possible
❑ display of hourly and daily values as line
graphic
❑ zoom area from one day to one year
❑ any number of line graphics are
combineable
❑ all graphics can be printed directly
❑ input of correcting values on hourly or on
area basis
❑ input of correcting factors
❑ manual input of measuring points
❑ export of hourly, daily, and monthly values
via ASCII interface
Karl Wieser GmbH
327
Data Logging and Recording Service Programmes WISERV and WIDOC
software
WISERV - service programme for DSfG
units:
❑ for any DSfG units connected by DFÜ
❑ for MRG220x via serial interface
❑ fully compatible to data readout system
WICOM
2000
❑ online display and set-up of the DSfG
data elements
❑ saving, display, and direct export to MS
Excel of the set-up values of all
connected units
❑ set-up values can be saved back in the
units
❑ read-out of archives and logbooks
WIDOC - documentation of DSfG bus

systems:
❑ for any DSfG units connected by DSfG
card (PCMCIA)
2000
❑ automated analysis of
- main overview of the DSfG bus system
- overview of single stages
- checking of all adress relations and
CRC´s
- comparison of the bus configuration via
an user-defined scheme
- testing of the measured value registra-
tion (via “freeze“)
- read-out and storage“
❑ saving, display, and direct export of the
Karl Wieser GmbH results to MS Excel
328
Data Logging and Recording Data “sent home“ - INetData
software
INetData - data at your service:
❑ access to all available archive data in the
station, such as hourly values, meter
data, and events
❑ a wide range of devices is supported
(also non-RMG products)
❑ flexible data combination, data format,
and readout intervals:
You receive the data worldwide per
- e-mail
- FTP upload to your company´s server
- FTP download from the WIESER data
server
INetData - provided on the internet ❑ data provided in password-secured
internet area
❑ data can be saved in user-definable
ASCII format or directly as MS Excel file
Your advantages with INetData:
❑ readout cycles hourly to monthly
Do not waste ressources for the supervision
and maintenance of a readout system! ❑ data archive is provided for 2 months at
least
We offer you INetData also in a full-service
version: you tell us where we can receive the ❑ read-out of archives and logbooks
data (i.e. as pulse values), and then receive
the evaluated data package - leave the rest
to us!
Karl Wieser GmbH
329
Data Logging and Recording Data Logger DS 900
additional systems
data logger
For saving data coming from a Flow Compu-
ter or a analytical computer (PGC)
features
❑ for PGC with up to 4 currents or for 4

single devices
❑ double saving of all data on two hard discs
❑ 3 1/2“ disc drive
❑ 19“ rack mounting unit

RMG-Publication in preparation
330
Data Logging and Recording Flow-Computer Control System FE 06
additional systems
flow-computer control system

❑ for connecting a maximum of 6 flow
computers
❑ 19” rack-mounting unit
functions
❑ display of flow computer operating data
❑ controlling the insertion of correction
values for the superior calorific value and
standard density
connection
V24 / RS 232 C interface

331
Data Logging and Recording Supervising Computer FE 09
additional systems
supervising computer
for organizing and supervising a freely
choosable number of measuring systems
and Flow Computers
features
❑ the organizing software can be configured

freely acc. to customers´ specifications
❑ 19”- rack-mounting unit

332
Data Logging and Recording Counter System CS 900
additional systems
counter unit
for counting electrical impulses coming from
volume meters with simultaneous determi-
nation of the flow rate
❑ insert for a 19“-rack-mounting unit
❑ display of flow value and 3 counter values
❑ NF and HF output
❑ current output 0/4 - 20 mA

333
Flame Arrestors Flame Arrestor RMG 930
flame arrestor systems
flame arrestor
❑ prevents flame penetration in short pipes
❑ suitable for filtered gases and vapours of
flammable liquids
❑ installation independent of position and
flow situation, constructed as plug-in disc
to fit between two flanges
❑ gap width of the band element:
0.5 mm or 0.7 mm
admissible service pressure:

depending on the media
connections
flangeless mounting between
DIN PN 16, PN 40
in DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, DN 80,
DN 100, DN 125
without BAM or PTB-test
pipe size DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125
dimensions in mm 50 50 50 56 56 56

RMG-Leaflet 930.00
334
flame arrestor
tested by BAM and PTB;
with design approval

dependant on medium and version
suitable for:
- gas/air mix in explosion groups II A
with s20 1.14 mm (methane/air mix)
s20 0.91 mm
(propane/butane-air-mix)
- vapour/air mix of flammable liquids in
explosion groups II A; II A/B; II B with
s20 0.65 mm and ignition
temperatures 170° C
version:
flame barriers with 0.7 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.3
mm gap width of the band element
connections:
❑ prevents flame penetration
flanged to DIN PN 16 in DN 40, DN 50,
❑ suitable as explosion-protection in short DN 65, DN 80, DN 100
pipes. In DN 40 and DN 50 also as
detonation protection for filtered gases
and vapours of flammable liquids
❑ with resistance thermometer
❑ compact design, simple maintenance
dimensions in mm 240 250 270 280 300

RMG-Leaflet 932.00
335
flame arrestor
tested by BAM and PTB;

suitable for:
- gas/air mix in explosion groups II A
with s20 1.14 mm (methan/air mix)
s20 0.91 mm
temperatures 170°
version:
flame barriers with 0.7 mm or 0.5 mm gap
width of the band element
connections:
❑ prevents flame penetration DN 50, DN 65, DN 80, DN 100, DN 125,
DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, DN 300
❑ suitable as pipe explosion-protection in
short gas pipes for filtered gases and for
vapours of flammable liquids
❑ small pressure drop
❑ modular installation, easy maintenance
pipe size DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
dimensions in mm 240 255 265 290 310 330 350 400 470

RMG-Leaflet 933.00
336
Flame Arrestorsn Flame Arrestor RMG 934
flame arrestor
tested by PTB,
- service pressure: atmospheric pressure

- suitable for stock of:
- gasoline
- kerosene
- other petroleum spirits
- aliphatic media including isomere
- aromatic media and mixtures thereof
- halogenic hydrocarbons
- vegetable oils
- natural oils (crude oils)
- formic acids, vinegar acids
- version:
flame barrier with 0.5 mm gap width of the
band element
- materials:
body and lid: steel or stainless steel
arrestor insert: stainless steel
❑ prevents flame penetration
❑ suitable as safety device against
- connections:
explosions and as flame barrier
❑ for tanks, containers and stations in which
DN 65, DN 80
burnable liquids are stocked, transfused
and mixed as well as to secure venting
lines

RMG-Leaflet 934.00
337
flame arrestor
❑ prevents flame penetration tested by BAM and PTB;
❑ suitable as safety device against with design approval
explosions in pipes of all lengths for
filtered gases and vapours of flammable
- admissible service pressure:
liquids
- suitable for:
❑ small pressure loss - gas/air mix in explosion groups II A
❑ modular construction, easy maintenance with s20 1.14 mm (methane/air mix)
s20 0.91 mm
temperatures 170°
- version:
flame barriers with 0.7 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.3
mm gap width of the band element
- materials:
body parts: GS-C25, steel, or stainless
steel
arrestor insert: stainless steel
- connections:
DN 100, DN 125, DN 150, DN 200, DN
250, DN 300
pipe sizes DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
dimensions in mm 370 410 440 480 470 530 620 740

RMG-Leaflet 938.00
338
Flame Arrestors Notes
339
Stations and Accessories Gas Odourizing Unit GOE 2000
station accessories: odourizing systems, pre-heaters, etc.
odourizing unit operating according to the injection method

❑ suitable for all odourless gases, e.g.
natural gas, oxygen, etc.
❑ electro-mechanical diaphragm pump
controlled by volume proportional
(flowrate) pulses, e.g. coming from vortex
meters, turbine meters, etc., or coming
from volume corrector)
❑ high dosing accuracy can be obtained in
combination with volume correctors using
temperature and pressure values
❑ smooth adjustment of the odor concen-
tration and dosage checking is possible
during operation
❑ odour transport from the interchangeable
container via principle of communicating
pipes
❑ high-pressure cleansing and venting
system optional
❑ interchangeable tank according to DIN
30650
❑ continuous measurement of odour liquid
optional

max. gas flow rate qnmax 160000 m3/h
power supply 220 V, 50 Hz
special version:
type GOE 2000 “So“

odourization unit with a reserve pump for
RMG Meßtechnik GmbH automatic changeover in the event of failure
RMG Publication 4.324 of the „service pump“
340
Stations and Accessories Gas Odourizing Unit GOE 07
odourizing unit operating according to the suction method

❑ tank changing without interruption of
operation
❑ easy to use
❑ stainless-steel type with clamping ring
❑ especially developed pump for volume-
proportional odourization of small to
medium gas flows
❑ high-precision dosing, independent of
pressure
❑ with 5 I - spare tank, filling indicator and
manual dosing control
❑ simple start-up with integrated hand
vacuum pump for filling the spare tank
❑ easy starting even with prevailing gas
pressure in line
❑ closed system
feed volume 15-150 mm3 / stroke

max. working pressure 40 bar
max. gas flow qn 50000 m3/h
special version:
type GOE O7 „So”

odourization unit with a reserve pump for
automatic changeover in the event of failure
of the „service pump“, including a spare tank
RMG Meßtechnik GmbH of 5 l.
341
Stations and Accessories Pulse Control Unit 7 EU, 7 IG
pulse control unit for gas odourizing devices
Type 7 EU
❑ 19”-rack mounting unit
❑ built-in pulse scaler and pulse generator
❑ automatic or manual mode
❑ digital display of the control pulse
❑ optional extensions for monitoring units
Publication 5.311
Type 7 IG
❑ wall-mounting unit
❑ built-in pulse scaler and pulse generator
❑ automatic or manual mode
Publication 5.311

342
Stations and Accessories Device Cabinets
device cabinets
cabinet type GS
❑ euro-rack 19”-cabinet for installation of
flow computer with accessories
❑ tailor made designs on customers´
requests
❑ wired and approved
❑ swivel frame
❑ glazed front door
emergency power supply type NVS

❑ emergency power supply unit equipped
with maintenance-free accumulators
❑ 19”-plug in units
❑ emergency power supply period
according to customers´ requests
❑ parallel stand-by service facility
wall-mounted cabinet type SE

❑ euro-rack 19“ wall housing with swivel
part and visual doors for installation of
flow computers and additional devices
rack type BG
❑ 19”-plug in unit for installation of power
supply and ex-isolating amplifier units etc.
343
Stations and Accessories Preheater Type RHZ 02-SH 800
room heater for areas subject to explosion hazards

❑ heating for explosion areas beginning
from zone 2 (EX-RL) e.g. for regulating
cabinets and regulating stations in
buildings
❑ can be used with natural gas and all non-
corrosive gaseous media, e.g. town gas,
liquid gas, propane, butane. Special
versions for other gases are possible
❑ easy and robust design
❑ small consumption and high thermal
output
❑ heat distribution through convection
❑ little space needed, universally applicable
max. service pressure pmax 50 mbar

nominal thermal capacity 0.96 kW
nominal thermal load 1.17 kW
connections
DIN 2353

344
Stations and Accessories Determination of Preheaters
determination of heat quantity
The reduction of the pressure of natural gas, e.g. in gas pressure regulators causes a
cooling of the gas. This change of the gas temperature is generally kown as „the Joule-
Thomson-Effect“.
That is why -under certain conditions, such as are given by a high inlet pressure or a high
pressure cut- it is necessary to preheat the gas.
Rough estimation of the heat needed for natural gas preheating:
W = qn · ∆tges · ρn · cp in kJ/h
W = heat quantity in kJ/h

qn = gas volume or flowrate in m3/h
∆ tges = total temperature = ∆ t1 + ∆ t2 in K
∆ t1 = Joule-Thomson-Effect = (pe-pa) 0,5 in K
∆ t2 = temperature differential between minimum gas inlet temperature and
temperature required after gas pressure reduction in K
cp = specific heat of natural gas 2,2 kJ/kg
ρn = specific gravity of natural gas= 0,831 kg/m3
Example:
given: gas flowrate qn = 5000 m3/h
inlet pressure pe = 70 bar
outlet pressure pa = 4 bar
gas inlet temperature tE = 273,16 K
required gas outlet temperature tA = 278,16 K
∆ t2 = tA-tE : ∆ tges = ∆ t1 + ∆ t2 = (70-4) · 0,5 + 5 = 33 + 5 = 38 K

W = qn · ∆ tges· ρn · cp = 5000 · 38 · 0,831 · 2,2 = 347358 kJ/h
Considering a preheating efficiency factor η = 0,85 the required heat quantity comes up to
W = 408650 kJ/h.
RMG-GASELAN, WÄGA Wärme-Gastechnik
345
Stations and Accessories Preheater Type EV
preheater type EV
346
Stations and Accessories Preheater Type EV
thermal output and dimensions

thermal dimensions in mm
type output pipe size measurement
in kJ/h DN 1 DN 2 DN 3 DN 4 DN 5 A B C D E F
EV I-1 1050025 25 20 20 20 300 750 1000 1500 1400 114
I-2 2100025 25 20 20 20 300 750 1000 2100 2000 114
II-1 4200040 40 25 25 25 400 750 1050 1800 1600 168
II-2 6300040 40 25 25 25 400 750 1050 2200 2000 168
III-1 8200050 50 40 40 25 500 750 1100 1900 1750 219
III-2 126000 50 50 40 40 25 500 750 1100 2500 2350 219
IV-1 210000 50 50 50 50 25 500 750 1125 2075 1825 273
V-1 315000 100 100 65 65 50 600 750 1200 1950 1700 324
V-2 420000 100 100 80 80 50 600 750 1200 2400 2150 324
VI-1 840000 150 150 100 100 50 700 750 1250 2400 2200 355
VII-1 1470000 150 150 100 100 50 850 750 1300 2475 2150 406
VIII-1 2100000 200 200 100 100 100 1000 750 1450 3000 3200 508
347
Stations and Accessories Cartridge Filter
cartridge filter (see also filters RMG 906, RMG 907 pages 168 ff.)
position of flange connections and supports
inlet outlet
348
Stations and Accessories Cartridge Filter
technical data
flow dimensions
DN surface A B C D E F
in m3/h in m2 mm mm mm mm mm mm
60 50 0,3 400 - - 140 R 1” 200
180 50 0,9 450 - - 168 R 1” 200
260 50 1,3 450 - - 168 R 1” 200
320 80 1,6 520 - - 219 R 1” 240
440 80 2,2 520 - - 219 R 1” 240
780 100 3,9 610 600 1360 273 50 320
900 100 4,5 610 600 1360 273 50 320
1300 150 6,4 690 600 1590 324 50 400
1600 150 8 690 600 1790 324 50 400
2100 200 10 800 700 1950 406 80 480
2500 200 11 860 700 1950 457 80 490
3100 250 13,8 950 800 2280 508 100 560
3800 250 17 1050 800 2280 610 100 580
5200 300 25,6 1170 900 2200 700 150 680
• versions in pressure stages from PN 10 up to PN 100 and ANSI 600

• all dimensions are approximate
349
Stations and Accessories overview
below-ground gas control modules (UKA)
characteristics and advantages of the RMG below-ground modules:

❑ the below-ground gas control modules ❑ easy maintenance
incorporate all relevant parts of a con- ❑ planning persmission made easy
ventional gas pressure regulating station
❑ protected from vandalism and damage
❑ the functional units (filter, SSV, pressure
❑ version with heavy-duty cover for traffic,
regulator, and safety relief valve) can be
testing equipment, and vent mast
dismantled and exchanged seperately
❑ application of reliable RMG equipment
❑ reduced noise level
gaseous media
350
Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 470 - Krysalis™
below ground modules - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.
below ground gas control module

❑ the KrysalisTM Gas Control Module has
all the elements of a conventional gas
pressure reduction station. All working
parts are in a removable cartridge,
housed in a ductile iron body, installed
underground into the line of the main
itself.
gaseous media
❑ totally buried design allows installation in
a city or rural location
❑ reduced noise levels
❑ planning permission made easy
❑ easy maintenance - cartridge type
construction
❑ minimal or no site purchase
❑ prevents vandalism and damage
type: active-slam
max. operating pressure (inlet) pe max 7 bar
outlet pressure range: 0.020 to 0.075 bar
overpressure cut-off range: 0.035 to 0.2 bar
underpressure cut-off range: 0.010 to 0.050 bar
internal relief range: 0.030 to 0.120 bar
connections: PN16 / DIN 2633

inlet: DN 150
outlet: DN 200
options:
pre-packaged module
UPCO/OPCO
pressure profiling

face-to-face in mm 658
weight in kg 280
351
Stations and Accessories RMG-UKA “Krysalis 16“™
below-ground gas control module type “Krysalis“

❑ the Krysalis 16TM Gas Control Module
has all the elements of a conventional gas
pressure reduction station. All working
parts are in removable cartridges,
housed within a ductile iron body,
installed underground into the line of the
gas main itself.
gaseous media
construction
❑ wide operation pressure range
❑ reduced noise levels
type: active-slam
(RMG 402 with pilot RMG 620)
minimum pressure drop ∆p 0.5 bar
class of lock-up pressure zone SZ 2,5
SSV overpressure cut-off range (see pages

134 ff., actuators K4, K5, or K6)
safety relief valve adjustment range

(BD-RMG 226 VR or RMG 832)
flowrate coefficient 1500 m3/h

(KG-value, for natural gas)
connections:
flanged to DIN PN 16 and ANSI 150
heavy-duty cover for traffic sizes: inlet DN 100, outlet DN 150
352
Stations and Accessories RMG-UKA “Krysalis“
specific outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 620

setpoint spring specific
in mm Wa in bar
2 blue 3.6 0.02 to 0.2
RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.1 to 0.5
4 brown 6.3 0.2 to 1.0
5 red 7.0 0.5 to 2.0
6 green 8.0 1 to 4

accuracy class AC 1
SAV adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

K4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060
K5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120
K6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300
353
Stations and Accessories RMG-UKA “280 Vector Module“
below ground gas control module

❑ the 280 Vector ModuleTM is a totally
buried gas pressure reducing station
❑ All control elements are of standard
design and contained within an under-
ground housing. Above ground is a vent
stack which contains the vent pipes for
atmospheric reference pressure
❑ designed for use on gas distribution
systems and industrial applications where
above ground space is restricted or
minimal levels of environmental or
aesthetic intrusion are required
gaseous media
construction
❑ direct-acting or auxiliary controlled
type: active-slam
connections: PN16 / DIN 2633 and ANSI 150

sizes:
- inlet DN 100, outlet DN 100
- inlet DN 100, outlet DN 150
temperature range:
-15°C to +60°C
options:
pre-packaged module
under/overpressure safety cut-off valve
heavy-duty cover for traffic
354
below-ground gas control module type „Vector Module“

❑ the 402 Vector ModuleTM is a totally
buried gas pressure reducing station
❑ All control elements are of standard
design and contained within an under-
ground housing. Above ground is a vent
stack which contains the vent pipes for
atmospheric reference pressure
❑ designed for use on gas distribution
systems and industrial applications where
above ground space is restricted or
minimal levels of environmental or
aesthetic intrusion are required
gaseous media
construction
type: active-slam
minimum pressure drop ∆p 0.5 bar
flowrate coefficient 830 m3/h

(KG-value, for natural gas)
SSV overpressure cut-off range (see pages

134 ff., actuators K1a or K2a)
connections: PN16 / DIN 2633 and ANSI 150

sizes: inlet DN 50, outlet DN 80
options: pre-packaged module,

heavy-duty cover for traffic
under/overpressure safety cut-off valve
355
specific outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 620

setpoint spring specific
in mm Wa in bar
2 blue 3.6 0.02 to 0.2
RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.1 to 0.5
4 brown 6.3 0.2 to 1.0
5 red 7.0 0.5 to 2.0
6 green 8.0 1 to 4

accuracy class AC 1
SAV adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 120 ff.)

K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120
K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400
356
Stations and Accessories Standardized stations (Overview)
standardized stations
overview
type 22 23 24 25 26 27
DN [mm] 25 50 80 50 80 100
inlet
PN [bar] 16 16 16 16 16 16
DN [mm] 40 80 100 100 100 150
outlet
PN [bar] 16 16 16 16 16 16
service pres. PB1) (bara) 4 4 16 16 16 16
one-line ● ● ●
version two-line ● ● ●
insulated ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 50 80 50 50 100
cellular filter DN
safety relief valve

monitoring unit
RMG 917 W* ● ● ●
regul./ type RMG 300 330 330 402 402 402

shut-off
valve DN [mm] 25 50 50 25 50/100 50/150
flowrate coefficient KG
for natural gas [m3/h] 65 200 500 350 1100 1500
cabinet/ polyester ●
kiosk concrete W W W ● W ●
made of aluminium ● ● W ● W
length [mm] 642 950 1800 1700 1600 2910
cabinet/ height [mm] 1720 1470 1470 1600 1600 2530
kiosk
dimens. depth [mm] 310 450 600 1100 800 1150
● = standard W = optional W* = optional included price increase
357
Stations and Accessories Type 22
small cabinet station type 22

❑ for gas supply to one-family or multiple-
flat houses, for a natural gas consumption
of up to qnmax 90 m3/h
❑ with inlet and outlet ball valves, angle-
type filter RMG 907 (optional), gas
pressure regulator RMG 300 with
integrated safety cut-off valve (SSV), inlet
and outlet gauges
❑ connections
inlet DN 25, outlet DN 40
❑ cabinet easy to maintain and to clean,
made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester,
self-supporting, complete with base
width (length): 64 cm
front to back: 31 cm
height: 82 cm overground
depth of underground base: 90 cm
System Station Type 22-E

(angular filter is optional)
358
Stations and Accessories Type 26, 27
stations with easy-to-maintain gas pressure regulator RMG 402

❑ for gas supply to domestic and industrial connections
users type 26: inlet DN 50, outlet DN 100
❑ with inlet and outlet ball valves, type 27: inlet DN 80, outletDN 150
inline-flow filter RMG 906,
gas pressure regulator RMG 402 with maintenance-free aluminium kiosk
integrated safety devices, width (length): 1.6 m
inlet and outlet pressure gauge, front to back: 0.8 m
safety relief valve RMG 835 height: 1.6 m
359
Stations and Accessories Ground Plan Scheme
combination of different bulding types

- gas pressure regulating chamber
- heating chamber, odourizing chamber, electric system chamber
360
Stations and Accessories Flow Sheet
two-line station with by-pass line
361
Stations and Accessories Standardized Station Type 25
cabinet station with gas pressure regulators type RMG 330
362
Stations and Accessories Standardized Station Type 26
cabinet stationwith gas pressure regulators type RMG 402
363
Stations and Accessories Standardized Stations
installation examples
kiosk with gas pressure regulators type RMG 332
364
Stations and Accessories Standardized Stations
Accessories and Complete Stations
pre-fabricated building for gas pressure regulation and metering
365
Stations and Accessories Set-Up Example
installation in a solid building (regulating lines)
366
installation in a solid building (metering line with vortex meter)
367
installation with roof
368
open-air station
369
installation of stations in a solid building (external view)
370
installation of station in a solid building (regulating lines)
371
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Excerpt
“General Operating Instructions ...“ (excerpt)
General operating instructions for gas pressure regulators and safety devices
1. Introduction Other installation positions, which may tell

These "General Operating Instructions" deal upon the adjustment range Wh, the
with the installation and operation of gas regulating precision category RG, the closing
pressure regulators (GDR) and safety shut- pressure cate-gory SG and the response
off valves (SAV) and safety relief valves precision category AG, should only be
(SBV). chosen under due consideration of ensuring
For technical data and special features correct operation and maintenance.
please consult the relevant leaflets, as well
as test certificates and name plates of the 2.1 Gauge length
valve in question. The measuring impulse line should be
Attention: The construction, equipment, connected to the outlet main in a section of
operation, supervision, and maintenance of straight flow right downstream of the
gas pressure regulating installations are regulator and free from turbulence.
subject to the correspon-ding safety The following lengths of undisturbed pipe
regulations, in particular the DVGW may be assumed:
guidelines G 490, G 491 and G 495. - upstream of measuring point:
Attention: Start-up of the devices and 5 times the nominal diameter DN of the pipe
maintenance may only be done by qualified - downstream of measuring point:
personnel. 3 times the nominal diameter DN of the pipe
2. Installation Maximum flow velocity at the measuring

Gas pressure regulators and safety devices point approximately 20 m/s.
should be installed without distorting the
pipework. The arrow on the valve body The length of the undisturbed pipe upstream
indicates the direction of flow. Normally the of the measuring point may be shortened to
device should be installed in a horizontal 2.5 x DN, if devices with noise-reducing
main, but it is also permissible to install it in outlet duct are being installed and if the pipe
a vertical main. The pilot unit and pressure size corresponds with the size of the outlet
gauges must, however, be fitted in an upright expansion.
position.
372
2.2 Connecting pipes 5 times the sum of the cross sections of the
The dimensions and types of threads of the individual connecting pipes.
lines can be seen from the individual leaflets. It is recommended to install the breathing
The pipes have to be dimensioned in a way lines of the main safety devices separately.
to ensure proper function of the devices. The Breathing lines may never be combined with
measuring impulse lines convey the actual the vent lines.
outlet pressure from the mea-suring point to Vent lines vent gas into the open
the diaphragm assembly or pilot of the gas atmosphere.
pressure regulator, or to the measuring unit
of the safety shut-off- or safety relief valve. Bleed lines of pilot-operated gas pressure
Separate measuring impulse lines for each regulators bleed gas into the pipe section
device should be connected to the pipe downstream of the regulator. Certain devices
laterally or towards the top. have combined bleed and return lines.
The measuring lines of safety devices have Return lines of pilot-operated gas pressure
to be connected upstream of the first outlet regulators convey the outlet pressure to the
gate valve so that they cannot be shut off. diaphragm assembly.
If the measuring impulse line is additionally
being connected behind the first outlet gate
valve, changing over has to be done with
special 3-way-ball valves (It is not possible
to shut both measuring lines with these
valves).
The breathing lines connect the diaphragm
unit with the open atmosphere; gas will flow
through the breathing line should the
diaphragm burst.
Breathing and vent lines can be combined

into a collective connecting pipe,
the cross section of which should be at least
373
2.3 installation examples
fig. 1: spring-loaded gas pressure regulator with downstream expansion
breathing line
vent lines
SAV measuring line SBV outlet gate valve
GDR measuring line

DN
SAV GDR
mea-
5 x DN suring 3 x DN*
point
fig. 2: pilot-operated gas pressure regulator with downstream expansion,

outlet pressure gauge with overpressure protection
breathing line
vent lines
SBV
SAV measuring line
GDR measuring line outlet
bleed line gate valve
pilot return line
DN
SAV GDR mea-

line
374
fig. 3: pilot-operated gas pressure regulator with noise-reducing outlet duct,

outlet pressure gauge with overpressure protection
breathing line
vent line
SBV
SAV measuring line
GDR measuring line
bleed line
pilot return line outlet gate valve
DN
SAV GDR mea-

2,5 x DN suring 3 x DN*
point
fig. 4: pilot-operated gas pressure regulator, 2 safety shut-off valves,

expansion downstream of the outlet gate valve, with special 3-way ball valves for
switching the measuring lines from start-up point to normal measuring point and back
breathing lines 3-way ball valves
SAV measuring line
SAV measuring line
GDR measuring line
vent line
bleed line
pilot
return line SBV
outlet gate valve

DN
SAV 1 GDR
SAV 2 mea-
line
375
2.4 Leakage test recommended test pressure = 1,1 x pso

(test of external tightness) Attention: test pressures exceeding the
Gas pressure regulators and safety devices afore stipulated values should be confirmed
are subjected to a strength and leakage test by the manufacturer.
at the works acc. to DIN 3380 (gas pressure
regulators) and DIN 3381 (safety-shut-off- • chamber behind first outlet gate valve
and safety relief valves). Test pressure = 1,1 x pzul (pzul = PNA)
According to DVGW instructions G 490 and PNA = rated pressure outlet side
G 491 respectively, the complete installation
has to undergo, at site, a final leakage test Note:
by air or inert gas at 1.1 times the maximum Always increase the test pressure slowly and
permissible service pressure. smoothly.
Observe:
Inlet chamber Pressure in the outlet chamber Pressure in
• chamber in front of the control element of the inlet chamber
the gas pressure regulator Pressurize always from the inlet side (inlet
Test pressure = 1.1 x pzul (pzul = PNE) chamber).
PNE = rated pressure inlet side De-pressurize always from the outlet side
pzul = maximum permissible pressure (outlet chamber).
Outlet chamber Attention:

• chamber between control element of the The outlet pressure fed back to the
gas pressure regulator and diaphragm assembly must not exceed the
first outlet gate valve adjusted setpoint by more than 0,5 bar for
Test pressure = maximum permissible spring loaded devices. E.g. with a slackened
working pressure setpoint spring the maximum test pressure
We recommend to choose the test pressure must not exceed 0.5 bar.
at 1.1 times the upper
response pressure pso of the safety shut-
off valve.
376
Complementary RMG-leaflets:
In addition to the complete general operating

instruction which still compounds general
operating instructions in table forms and
tables for determination of faults, the follo-
wing information sheets are availbale for gas
pressure regulating devices and safety
devi-es:
General descriptive leaflet (contain):
- technical data
- dimensions
- design and operation
- installation
- sizing
- order data
leaflet serial number XXX.00

example for type of device RMG 402:
leaflet 402 .00
Operation and maintenacnce instructions/

spare part lists (contain):
- specific operating instructions for each
valve
- maintenance instructions
- spare parts drawing
- spare part list
leaflet serial number XXX.20

example for type of device RMG 402:
leaflet 402 .20
377
“General Operating Instructions ...“ (excerpt)s
lubricants
application lubricant remarks
o-ring sealings
(static or moving)
diaphragms with thick rim,

flat sealing rings
inserted threaded bolts

and screws
in the valve body silicone grease
RMG stock no. 00 027 081
sliding areas off valve stems,
valve stem bearings,
guide bushes
parts are to be
moving part s in SSV actuators greased only
and SSV switching units: with a thin layer
ball release mechanism,
switching balls and pins,
ball bearings
valve sleeve and Unisilikonfett TK 44 N2

valve sleeve sealings RMG stock no. 00 027 052
in gas pressure regulators
setpoint adjusting screws Anti-Seize AS450

(moving screws), threaded RMG stock no. 00 027 091
material in combination Al/Al
devices for oxygen sliding oil: stock no. 00 026 562

grease: stock no. 00 026 563
devices for ammonia fluorsilicone grease parts are to be

RMG stock no. 00 027 660 greased thinly
NOTE: Observe possible additional hints in the leaflets „Operation and Maintenance,
Spare Parts“ (marked *.20)!
378
special assembly tools, part 1
type of device tool for stock no.
setpoint adjustment 00026502

0,020 bar to 0,5 bar
RMG 330 diaphragm assembly 1
RMG 361 diaphragm assembly 1 setpoint adjustment 10004911
0,5 bar to 1,0 bar
RMG 300 adjustment of outlet press. 10004254

RMG 835 and safety relief pressure
RMG 408 actuator assembly 10007895
safety cut-off unit for

RMG 300, RMG 330, RMG 332,
RMG 340, RMG 345, RMG 361, setpoint adjustment for
RMG 408 overpressure and under- 10004912
pressure release
safety shut-off valve (SSV)
RMG 720
SSV RMG 720 K4, K5, K6 2-pin - type face spanner 10008582
SSV RMG 720 DN 150 2-pin - type face spanner 10008790

SSV RMG 721 DN 50 - 150

DN 25 and DN 50

DN 80 and DN 100
RMG 361 SSV assembly 15801205

DN 25 and DN 50
RMG 361 SSV assembly 15801215

DN 80 and DN 100
379
special assembly tools, part 2
type of device tool for stock .
RMG 265
RMG 267, RMG 268
RMG 630 to RMG 640 assembly tool 19083319
RMG 650 to RMG 659
RMG 670, RMG 671
testing unit with

adaptor for 10001935
adjustment of
manual release
RMG 710 DN 25 to DN 150 assembly screw M4 10000716

RMG 711 DN 200 to DN 300 (2x)
RMG 721 DN 50 to DN 150
slide gauge for 10001943

adjustment of
manual release
RMG 672 slide gauge for 10001947

K10, K10a, K11, K11a SSV actuators
K12, K13, K14
RMG 672 hexagon socket screw key 00026266

K12, K13, K14 for SSV setpoint adjustmt.
RMG 790 adjustment key 10008299
mounting bush for 10024434

VariSeal-ring
RMG 530
DN 200 and DN 300
mounting bush for 18357199
motor shaft
Attention: Only the standard assembly tools have been mentioned!
380
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Notes
381
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Measuring Units Prescribed by Law
general conversion tables
measuring units prescribed by law

size units prescribed by law
examples of examples of
symbol SI-unitsrecommended hitherto conversions
definition units („non used
coherent“, units
derived units)
pressure p N/m2, Mpa, bar, mbar kp/cm2, at 1 N/m2 = 1 Pa

Pa,
(Pascal)
absolute press. pa 105 Pa = 0,1 M Pa = 1 bar
overpressure pü 1 kp/cm2 = 0,981 bar 1bar
differ. pressure ∆ p 10 mm WS + 0,981 mbar 1mbar
atm. pressure mbar mbar, Torr 1 Torr = 1,333 mbar
mechanical σ, τ N/m2 N/mm2 kp/cm2, 1kp/mm2 = 9,81 N/mm2 10 Nmm 2
stress kp/mm2 1kp/cm2 = 0,096N/mm2
work, energy W, A, Nm, J MJ kpm, kWh 1 Nm = 1 J = 1 Ws
quantity E (Joule) (Mega-Joule)
of heat Q kcal 1 kpm = 9,81 J 10 J
1 kcal = 4186,8 J
1 kWh = 3,6 MJ
power P, N J/s, W kWMW kW, PS, kpm/s 1 J/s = 1 W

(Watt)
heating capacity qw kcal/h 1 kpm/s = 9,81 W 10 W
1 PS = 735,5 W
1 kcal/h = 1,16 W
temperatue T, t K °C °K, °C, grd
(Kelvin)
gas constant R J/K kg kpm/°K kg 1 kpm/°K kg = 9,81 J/K kg
382
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Length
units of length
unit description units prescribed by law
m1) cm mm
1 km kilometre 1000 105 106
1m metre 1 100 1000
1 dm decimetre 0,1 10 100
1 cm centimetre 0,01 1 10
1 mm millimetre 0,001 0,1 1
1 µm micrometre 10-6 10-4 0,001
1 nm nanometre 10-9 10-7 10-6
1 pm picometre 10-12 10-10 10-9
1 in inch 2) 0,0254 2,54 25,4
1 mil milli inch 2) 2,54 · 10-5 0,00254 0,0254
1 µin micro inch 2) 2,54 · 10-8 2,54 · 10-6 2,54 · 10-5
1 ft foot 2) 0,3048 30,48 304,8
1 yd yard 2) 0,9144 91,44 914,4
1 fathom = 2 yd 2) 1,8288 182,88 1828,8
1 rod = 1 pole =1 perch = 5,5 yd 5,0292 502,92 5029,2
1 chain = 22 yd 2) 20,1168 2011,68 20116,8
1 furlong = 220 yd 2) 201,168 20116,8 2,01 · 105
1 mile statute mile 2) 1609,34 1,6 · 105 1,6 · 106
1 n mile nautical mile = sm 1852 1,852· 105 1,852 · 106
= international nautical mile
1) SI-unit (basic unit)

2) American and English length units
383
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Area
units of area
units prescribed by law
unit description km2 m2 1) cm2 mm2
1 km2 square kilometre 1 106 1010 1012
1 m2 square metre 10-6 1 104 106
1 dm2 square decimetre 10-8 0,01 100 10000
1 cm2 square centimetre 10-10 0,0001 1 100
1 mm2 square millimetre 10-12 10-6 0,01 1
1a are 0.0001 100 106 108
1 ha hectare 0.01 10000 1010 1010
1 in2 (sq in) square inch 2) 6.452 · 10-10 0.00065 6.452 645.2
1 cir in circular inch = π /4 in 2 2) 5.067 · 10-10 5.067 · 10-4 5.067 506.7
1 cir mil circular mil = π /4 mil 2 2) 5.067 · 10-16 5.067 · 10-10 5.067 · 10-6 0.00051
1 mil2 square mil 2) 6.452 · 10-16 6.452 · 10-10 6.452 · 10-6 0.00065
(sq mil)
1 ft2 (sq ft) square foot 2) 9.29 · 10-8 0.0929 929 92900
1 yd2 square yard 2) 83.61 · 10-8 0.8361 8361 836100
(sq yd)
1 rod2 = 1 sq pole=1sq perch 2) 25.29 · 10-6 25.29 25.29 · 104 25.29 · 106
(sq rd)
1 chain2 square chain=16 rod2 2) 0.0004 404.684 4.04 · 106 4.04 · 108
1 rood = 40 rod2 2) 0.00101 1011.71 1.012 · 107 1.012 · 109
1 acre = 4 rood 2) 0.00405 4046.86 4.047 · 107 4.047 · 109
1 mile2 square mile=1 section 3) 2.59 2.59 · 106 2.59 · 1010 2.59 · 1012
1 township = 36 mile2 3) 93.24 93.24 · 106 9.24 · 1010 93.24 · 1012
1) SI-unit (basic unit)
2) American and English length units
3) American units of area
384
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Volume
units of volume
units prescribed by law
unit definition
m3 1) dm3 = l
1 m3 cubic metre 1 1000

1 dm3 = 1I cubic dezimetre/litre 0.001 1
1 cm3 cubic centimetre 10-6 0.001
1 mm3 cubic millimetre 10-9 10-6
1 in3 cubic inch (cu in) 2) 3) 1.64 · 10-5 0.01639
1 ft3 cubic foot (cu ft) 2) 3) 0.02832 28.3168
1 yd3 cubic yard (cu yd) 2) 3) 0.76456 764.555
1 gal gallon 3) 0.00455 4.54609
1 gal gallon 2) 0.00379 3.78541
1 bushel = 8 gallon 3) 0.03637 36.369
1 bushel = 4 pecks 2) 0.03524 35.239
1 quart = 2 pint 3) 0.00114 1.13652
1 pint (pt) = 4 gills 3) 5.68 · 10-4 0.56826
1 liq quart 4) = 2 liq pt 2) 9.46 · 10-4 0.94635
1 liq pt 4) = 4 gills 2) 4.73 · 10-4 0.473
1 RT Registerton = 100 ft3 2) 3) 2.832 2832
1 ocean ton = 40 ft 3) 2) 3) 1,1327 1132.7
1) SI-unit
2) American units of volume
3) English units of volume
4) Only for liquids
385
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Mass
units of mass
t kg1) g
1t ton 1 1000 10-6
1 kg kilogram 0.001 1 1000
1g gram 10-6 0.001 1
1 Kt metric carat 2 · 10-7 0.0002 0,2
1 gr grain 2) 3) 6.48 · 10-8 6.48 · 10-5 0.0648
1 dr dram 2) 3) 1.77 · 10-6 0.00177 1.77184
1 oz ounce 2) 3) 2.835 · 10-5 0.02835 28.3495
1 Ib pound 2) 3) 4.536 · 10-4 0.45359 453.592
1 long cwt long hundredweight 0.0508 50.8023 50802.3
1 sh cwt short hundredweight 0.04536 45.3592 45359.2
1 long tn long ton 2) 3) 1.01605 1016.05 1016050
1 sh tn short ton 2) 3) 0.90718 907.185 907185
1 slug - 2) 3) 0.01459 14.5939 14593.9
1 st stone = 14 Ib 3) 0.00635 6.35 6350
1 qr quarter = 28 Ib 3) 0.0127 12.7006 12700.6
1 quintal = 100 Ib = 1 sh cwt 2) 0.04536 45.3592 45395.2
1 tdw ton dead weight 1.016 1016 1.016 · 106
units of force
kN N1)
1 kN Kilonewton 1 1000
1 N = 1kg m/s2 Newton 0.001 1
1 kp Kilopond 0.0098 0.01 9.80665 10
1 dyn Dyn 10-8 10-5
1 Ibf 3) pound-force 2) 3) 0.00445 4.44822
1 pdl poundal 2) 3) 1.3 · 10-4 0.138255
1 sn sthène 4) 1 10-3
1) SI-unit 3) English measuring unit
2) American measuring unit 4) French measuring unit
386
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Power and Stress
units of power and stress

Pa1) bar mbar µbar N/mm2 N/m2
1 Pa = Pascal 1 10-5 0.01 10 106 1
1 N/m2
1 bar Bar 105 1 1000 106 0.1 105
1 mbar Millibar 100 0.001 1 1000 0.0001 100
1 µbar Mikrobar 0.1 10-6 0.001 1 10-7 0.1
1 N/mm2 Newton pro mm2 106 10 10000 107 1 106
1 kp/mm2 Kilopond pro mm2 9.8 · 106 98.0665 98066.5 9.8 · 107 9.80665 9.8 · 106
technical
1 at atmosphere = 98066.5 0.98066 980.665 9.8 · 105 0.0981 98066.5
1 kp/cm2
1 kp/m2 = 1mm WS 9.80665 9.8 · 10-5 0.0981 98.0665 9.8 · 10-6 9.80665
1 Torr Torr 133.322 0.00133 1.33322 1333.22 1.3 · 10-4 133.322
1 atm physical 101325 1.01325 1013.25 1.01 · 106 0.10133 101325
atmosphere 4)
1 Ibf/in2 pound-force per 6894.76 0.0689 68.948 68948 0.00689 6894.76

square inch (psi) 2)
1 Ibf/ft2 pound-force per 47.8803 0.00048 0.4788 478.8 4.7 · 10-5 47.8803
square foot (psf) 2)
1 tonf/in2 (long) ton-force 1.54 · 107 154.443 154443 1.54 · 108 15.4443 1.54 · 107
per square inch 2)
1 barye Barye 3) 0.1 10-6 0.001 1 10-7 0.1
1 pz piece = 1sn/m2 3) 1000 0,01 10 10000 0.001 1000
1 dyn/ dyn = unit used 0.1 10-6 0.001 1 10-7 0.1
cm2 in physics
1) SI-unit
2) American and English unit
3) French unit
4) normal pressure
387
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Energy, Units of Power
units of energy (units of work)

kWh J1)
1 kWh kilowatt hour 1 3.6 106
1 J=1 Ws=1 Nm Joule 277.8 10-9 1
1 PS h HP hour 0.73550 2.6476 106
1 kpm kilopond metre 2.724 10-6 9.80665
1 kcal kilogram calorie 1.163 10-3 4186.8
1 ft Ibf foot pound force2) 376.6 10-9 1.3558
1 Btu British thermal unit3) 293.1 10-6 1055.16
1 in ozf inch ounce-force2) 1.96 10-9 0.00706
1 ft pdl foot poundal2) 1.17 10-8 0.04214
1 thermie = 1000 frigories4) 1.16273 4.1855 · 106
1 erg Erg (phys.) 2.778 10-13 10-7
1 I atm litre atmosphere 2.81 10-5 101.16
1 SKE coal equivalent 8.72 31.4 106
units of power
kW W1)
1 kW kilowatt 1 1000
1 W=1J/s=Nm/s watt 0.001 1
1 PS HP 0.7355 735.499
1 kpm/s kilopond metre pro second 9.807 · 10-3 9.80665
1 kcal/s kilocalorie pro second 4.1868 4186.8
1 hp horse power 2) 0.7457 745.7
1 Btu/s British thermal unit per sec. 3) 1.05506 1055.06
1 ft Ibf/s foot pound force per sec. 2) 1.356 · 10-3 1.35582
1 ch cheval vapeur 4) = 1PS 0.7355 735.499
1 poncelet = 100 kpm/s 0.981 980.665
1) SI-unit 3) English measuring units

2) American measuring units 4) French measuring units
388
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Comparison Tables for Temperature
comparison of °C- °F- °R- K - °Ra

°C °F °R K °Ra
-100 -148 - 80 173.15 311.68
-90 -130 - 72 183.15 329.68
-80 -112 - 64 193.15 347.68
-70 -94 - 56 203.15 365.68
-60 -76 - 48 213.15 383.68
-50 -58 - 40 223.15 401.68
-40 -40 - 32 233.15 419.68
-30 -22 - 24 243.15 437.68
-25 -13 - 20 248.15 446.68
-20 -4 - 16 253.15 455.68
-15 5 - 12 258.15 464.68
-10 14 -8 263.15 473.68
-5 23 -4 268.15 482.68
0 32 0 273.15 491.68
5 41 4 278.15 500.68
10 50 8 283.15 509.68
15 59 12 288.15 518.68
20 68 16 293.15 527.68
25 77 20 298.15 536.68
30 86 24 303.15 545.68
35 95 28 308.15 554.68
40 104 32 313.15 563.68
50 122 40 323.15 581.68
60 140 48 333.15 599.68
70 158 56 343.15 617.68
80 176 64 253.15 635.68
90 194 72 363.15 653.68
100 212 80 373.15 671.68
zero point:
0°C = 0°R = 32°F
°C = degrees Celsius conversion formulas:
0°F = -17.78°C = -14.22°R
°F = degrees Fahrenheit °C = 5/9 (°F - 32) = 5/4°R
absolute zero point: °R = degrees Réaumur °F = 9/5°C + 32= 9/4°R + 32
0 K = -273.15°C = -459.69°F K = Kelvin = 4/9 (°F -32) = 4/5°C
= -218°R = 0°Ra °Ra = degrees Rankine K = °C + 273.15
389
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Specific Values for Technical Gases
conversion tables for the gas industry
specificvalues for technical gases

normal density specific isen- com- heat upper
density relation heat tropic bustion value wobbe
at 20°C and expo- index
air =1 1.013 bar nent
gas or symbol or
gas mixture formula cp
ρn d cp cv γ= Ho,n Hu,n Wo
cv
kg kJ kJ kWh kWh kWh
m3 kgK kgK m3 m3 m3
ethane C2H 6 1.355 1.048 1.76 1.22 19.55 17.90 19.08
ammonia NH3 0.771 0.597 2.09 1.72 1.29 4.83 4.00 6.25
acetylene C2H 2 1.172 0.906 1.67 1.34 1.26 16.25 15.7 17.06
butane C4H10 2.708 2.094 1.66 37.23 34.32 25.75
chlorine CI2 3.21 2.482 0.50 0.29 1.37
natural gas - 0.83 0.643 1.89 1.44 1.31 9.77 8.84 12.17
helium He 0.179 0.138 5.23 3.18 1.66

carbon CO 1.251 0.967 1.05 0.75 1.40 3.51 3.51 3.56
monoxide
town gas - to to 2.14 1.59 1.40 5.35 4.77 8.44
0.55 0.425
air - 1.293 1.00 1.00 0.71 1.40
methane CH4 0.718 0.555 2.22 1.72 1.30 11.06 9.97 14.83
propane C3H 8 2.011 1.555 1.14 28.03 25.81 22.47
oxygen O2 1.429 1.105 0.92 0.75 1.40
sulphur SO2 2.931 2.267 0.63 0.5 1.26
dioxide
nitrogen N2 1.251 0.967 1.05 0.75 1.40
hydrogen H2 0.09 0.07 14.28 10.13 1.41 3.54 2.99 13.39
390
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Specific Values for Technical Gases
specificvalues for technical gases

spec. crit. critical critical ebullition evapo- air
gas press. pressure tempe- tempe- ration con-
con- rela- absolute rature rature sump-
stant tion at 1,013 heat tion
gas or symbol or bar value
gas mixture formula pa
Ri
( )
pe
k pk tk r L
J kJ m3
bar °C °C
kgK kg m3
ethane C2H 6 276.60 0.561 49.6 32.3 -88.6 540 16.84
ammonia NH3 488.40 0.548 113 132.4 -33.4 1369 3.63
acetylene C2H 2 319.70 0.553 62.5 36.3 -104 829 11.99
butane C4H10 143
chlorin CI2 117.30 0.534 77.1 144 -35 260
natural gas - 450 0.545 8.38
helium He 2077 0.488 2.2 -268 -269 25

carbon CO 297.10 0.528 35 -140.2 -191.5 216 2.38
monoxide
towngas - 0.528 4.20
air - 287.30 0.528 37.7 -140.7 -194 197

methane CH4 518.80 0.546 46.3 82.5 -161.7 548 9.53
propane C3H 8 188.70 5.576 42.5 96.8 -42.6 448 24.23
oxygen O2 259.90 0.528 50.4 -118.8 -183 214
sulphur SO2 129.80 0.553 78.9 157.3 -10 402
dioxide
nitrogen N2 296.7 0.528 34 -147 -196 201
hydrogen H2 4124.7 0.527 12.9 -240 -253 461 2.38
391
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Standard Atmosphere
normal atmosphere (to DIN 5450)

altitude tempe- pressure relation density relation satura- boiling
above rature p ρ ted tempera.
NN1) t p /p n ρ/ρn pressure of water
m °C mbar kg/m 3 mbar °C
troposphere 0 15 1013 1 1.226 1 17 100
200 13.7 989 0.98 1.202 0.981 15.6 99
500 11.8 955 0.94 1.168 0.953 13.7 98
1000 8.5 899 0.89 1.112 0.907 11 97
2000 2 795 0.78 1.007 0.822 7 93
4000 -11 616 0.61 0.819 0.669 2.4 87
6000 -24 472 0.47 0.660 0.538 0.66 81
8000 -37 356 0.35 0.525 0.429 0.13 74
11000 -56.5 226 0.22 0.364 0.297 65
stratosphere 15000 -56.5 120 0.12 0.194 0.158 51
20000 -56.5 55 0.05 0.088 0.072 37
25000 -56.5 25 0.03 0.040 0.030 2
30000 -56.5 11 0.01 0.020 0.010 15
1) NN = normal zero point = zero point of Amsterdam level
392
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Pressure Ranges
pressure ranges to DIN

1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400
The figures stated in the above table represent the PN (nominal pressure) - ratings and refer
to a service condition at 20°C.
For iron materials according to the table shown in DIN 2401, leaf 2, the maximum
permissible service pressure can -under certain conditions- be applied up to 120°C.
pressure ranges to ANSI

ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI
150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
20 50 67.5 100 150 250 420
The pressures of the above table are stated in bar and refer to permissible in a temperature
range from -28,9°C up to +37,8°C for steels of class C.
excerpt from DIN 3230
large size and steam equipment; technical conditions of delivery
deviation of dimensions and weights: deviation tolerances for weights:

face-to-face dimensions may have the
following deviation tolerances:
up to 200 mm ................ ± 1 cast iron/cast steel

above 200 to 400 ...... ± 2 up to DN 300 ± 5% ± 10%
above 400 to 600 ...... ± 3 above DN 300
above 600 to 800 ...... ± 4 up to DN 600 ± 7.5% ± 12.5%
above 800 to 1000 ...... ± 5 above DN 600 ± 10% ± 15%
above 1000 to 1600 ...... ± 6
above 1600 .......................... ± 8
393
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Flange Dimensions
flange dimensions to DIN and ANSI
*) The pressures stated in brackets (to ANSI, in bar) refer to a temperature range of -28.9°C to +37.8°C
394
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Flange Dimensions
flange dimensions to DIN and ANSI

PN ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI
DN dimen. PN 10 PN16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 63 100 150 300 400 600
DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN (20)* (50)* (67.5)* (100)*
2501 2501 2501 2501 2501 2501
D 165 165 165 165 180 195 153 165 165 165
k 125 125 125 125 135 145 120.6 127 127 127
50 n 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8
thread M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24 M16 M16 M16 M16
I 18 18 18 18 22 26 19 19 19 19
D 200 200 200 200 215 230 191 210 210 210
k 160 160 160 160 170 180 152.4 168.3 168.3 168.3
80 n 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
I 18 18 18 18 22 26 19 22.5 22.5 22.5
D 220 220 235 235 250 265 229 254 254 273
k 180 180 190 190 200 210 190.5 200 200 215.9
100 n 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
I 18 18 22 22 26 30 19 22.5 25.5 25.5
D 285 285 300 300 345 355 280 318 318 356
k 240 240 250 250 280 290 241.3 269.9 269.9 292.1
150 n 8 8 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12
thread M 20 M 20 M 24 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 20 M 20 M 24 M 27
I 22 22 26 26 33 33 22.5 22.5 25.5 29
D 340 340 360 375 415 430 343 381 381 419
k 295 295 310 320 345 360 298.4 330.2 330.2 349.2
200 n 8 12 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12
I 22 22 26 30 36 36 22.5 25.5 29 32
D 395 405 425 450 470 505 407 444 444 508
k 350 355 370 385 400 430 361.9 387.3 387.3 431.8
250 n 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16
I 22 26 30 33 36 39 25,5 29 32 35
D 445 460 485 515 530 585 483 521 521 559
k 400 410 430 450 460 500 431.8 450.8 450.8 488.9
300 n 12 12 16 16 16 16 12 16 16 20
I 22 26 30 33 36 42 25.5 32 35 35
395
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Volume Contents of Pipelines
internal volume of ANSI pipes

intern. external contents of pipelines in litre (0,001m3)
pipe pipe with average pipe wall thickness (strength 2)
dia. dia. pipe length in m
in mm in mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
15 21,3 0,19 0,38 0,57 0,75 0,94 1,13 1,32 1,51 1,70 1,89
20 26,9 0,35 0,70 1,05 1,40 1,75 2,10 2,45 2,80 3,15 3,50
25 33,7 0,55 1,10 1,65 2,21 2,76 3,31 3,86 4,41 4,96 5,25
32 42,4 0,97 1,95 2,92 3,89 4,87 5,84 6,81 7,79 8,76 9,73
40 48,3 1,33 2,65 3,98 5,31 6,63 7,96 9,29 10,61 11,94 13,27
50 60,3 2,15 4,30 6,45 8,59 10,74 12,89 15,04 17,19 19,34 21,49
65 76,1 3,31 6,62 9,93 13,23 16,54 19,85 23,16 26,47 29,78 33,09
80 88,9 4,74 9,48 14,23 18,97 23,71 28,45 33,20 37,94 42,68 47,42
100 114,3 8,12 16,25 24,37 32,50 40,62 48,75 56,87 64,99 73,12 81,24
125 139,7 12,69 25,38 38,07 50,76 63,45 76,14 88,83 101,51 114,2 126,89
150 168,3 18,65 37,31 55,96 74,61 93,27 111,92 130,57 149,22 167,88 186,53
200 219,1 32,40 64,80 97,20 129,61 162,01 194,41 226,81 259,21 291,61 324,02
250 273,0 50,28 100,56 150,84 201,12 251,4 301,67 351,95 402,23 452,51 502,79
300 323,9 72,55 145,09 217,64 290,18 362,73 435,27 507,82 580,36 652,91 725,45
400 406,4 117,28 234,56 351,84 469,12 586,4 703,67 820,95 938,23 1055,51 1172,79
500 508,0 187,06 374,12 561,19 748,25 935,31 1122,37 1309,43 1496,50 1683,56 1870,62
600 609,6 273,06 546,12 819,19 1092,25 1365,31 1638,37 1911,43 2184,50 2457,56 2730,62
396
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Volume Contents of Pipelines
internal volume of ANSI pipes

intern. external contents of pipelines in litre (0,001m3)
pipe pipe with average pipe wall thickness (strength 2)
dia. dia. pipe length in m
in inch in mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1/2 21,3 0,20 0,39 0,59 0,78 0,98 1,18 1,37 1,57 1,76 1,96
3/4 26,7 0,34 0,69 1,03 1,38 1,72 2,06 2,41 2,75 3,10 3,44
1 33,4 0,56 1,11 1,67 2,23 2,79 3,34 3,90 4,46 5,02 5,57
1 1/4 42,2 0,96 1,93 2,89 3,86 4,82 5,79 6,75 7,72 8,68 9,64
1 1/2 48,3 1,31 2,63 3,94 5,26 6,57 7,88 9,20 10,51 11,83 13,14
2 60,3 2,17 4,33 6,50 8,66 10,83 13,00 15,16 17,33 19,49 21,66
2 1/2 73,0 3,09 6,18 9,27 12,36 15,45 18,53 21,62 24,71 27,80 30,89
3 88,9 4,77 9,54 14,31 19,08 23,85 28,62 33,38 38,15 42,92 47,69
4 114,3 8,21 16,43 24,64 32,86 41,07 49,28 57,50 65,71 73,93 82,14
5 141,3 12,91 25,82 38,73 51,64 64,55 77,46 90,37 103,28 116,19 129,10
6 168,3 18,64 37,29 55,93 74,57 93,22 111,86 130,50 149,15 167,79 186,43
8 219,1 32,28 64,56 96,84 129,12 161,40 193,68 225,96 258,24 290,52 322,80
10 273,1 50,88 101,76 152,64 203,52 254,41 305,20 356,17 407,05 457,973 508,81
12 323,9 72,97 145,94 218,91 291,88 364,85 437,82 510,79 583,76 656,73 729,71
16 406,4 117,85 235,70 353,55 471,40 589,25 707,10 824,95 942,80 1060,65 1178,50
20 508,0 187,78 375,57 563,35 751,13 938,92 1126,70 1314,48 1502,27 1690,05 1877,83
24 609,6 273,93 547,87 821,80 1095,73 1369,67 1643,60 1917,53 2191,47 2465,40 2739,33
397
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables RMG publications
Title Special offprint from Author

„Gas-Druckregelung und Sicherheit“ Die Industriefeuerung Dr. G. Weidner
Heft 5/75
„Geräuschreduzierung bei Neue Deliwa Zeitung R. Fischer
Gas-Druckregelgeräten“ Heft 11/75
„Hochdruckregelgeräte für Erdgas“ Gaswärme International Dr. G. Weidner
Heft 3/76
„Erdgas-Reduzier- und Meßstationen Gaswärme International Dr. B. Höft
für Industriefeuerungsanlagen“ Heft 3/76
„Entwicklung eines Gas-Druckregelgerätes Gaswärme International R. Fischer
unter besonderer Berücksichtigung schall- Heft 2-3/T8
technischer Gesichtspunkte“
„Regler für Gas-Druckregelgeräte mit gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
Hilfsenergie“ Heft 2/78
„Die Absicherung der Wasserseite von Gaswärme International Dr. G. Weidner
Vorwärmern in Gas-Druckregelanlagen“ Heft 12/78
„Gas-Druckregelgeräte in Gaswärme International Dr. G. Weidner
Funktionsgruppentechnik“ Heft 2-3/78
„Druck- und Mengenregelung bei Gaswärme International W. Dittmann
Ausnutzung der Speicherkapazität Heft 12/79
von Gas-Rohrnetzen“
„Gas-Druckregelung in Abhängigkeit vom Gaswärme International R. Fischer/
Wobbeindex“ Heft 12/79 K.-H. Pflüger
„Maximal möglicher Betriebsdruck in einem 3 R international R. Fischer
Gas-Leitungssystem unter Berücksichti- Heft 4/81
gung der Druckabsicherung am Eingang“
„Wärmestromregelung bei Einsatz unter- Gaswärme International R. Fischer/
schiedlicher Erdgasqualitäten an einer Heft 5/81 U. Opitz/
Glasschmelzwanne“ E. Timm
„Gas-Druckregelgerät für Brenneranlagen Die Industriefeuerung R. Fischer/
mit Störgrößenaufschaltung der Heft 19/81 K.-H. Pflüger
Gasqualität“
„Sauerstoffregelung in Gas- und Gaswärme International K.-H. Pflüger/
Ölfeuerungsanlagen durch Beeinflussung Heft 2-3/82 J.-P. Arning
des Brennstoffdruckes“
398
Title Special offpring from Author

„Gas-Druckregelgeräte und Sicherheits- Neue Deliwa Zeitung K.-H. Wagner
einrichtungen für Brenneranlagen“ Heft 6/82
„Regelung und Absicherung von Heizungs-Journal K.-H. Wagner
Gasfeuerstätten“ Heft 2/83
„Gas-Regelstrecken an Gasmotoren“ gas - Int. Zeitschrift K.-H. Wagner
Heft 2/84
„Mengenregelung und Bezugsoptimierung gwf - Gas/Erdgas E. Könneker/
in mittleren und kleineren Gas-Über- Heft 8/84 R. Fischer
nahmestationen“
„Schwingungsvorgänge in Gas-Druckregel- 3 R international G. Bayer/
anlagen bei einer SAV-Abschaltung“ Heft 5-6/85 R. Fischer
„Gas-Druckregelanlagen mit auto- Gaswärme international K.-H. Pflüger/
matischer Wobbeindexkorrektur für Heft 6/86 K.-H. Wagner
deponiegasbetriebene Gasmotoren“
Neue Geräte für die Gas-Druckregelung“ 3 R international R. Fischer
Heft 8/87
„Funktionsleitungen von Gas-Druckregel- gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
geräten und Sicherheitseinrichtungen“ Heft 9/90
„Dynamisches Verhalten von Gas-Druck- gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
regelgeräten mit Hilfsenergie“ Heft 8/92
Die Membranbruchsicherung beim gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
Sicherheitsabsperrventil“
Heft 5/93
„Elektronische Systeme in gwf-Gas/Erdgas K.-H. Pflüger
Regelanlagen“ Heft 8/93
„Absicherung des Wärmetauschers bei gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
der Erdgas-Vorwärmung“ Heft 5/94
„Gas-Druckregelgeräte und Sicherheits- Rohrleitungstechnik R. Fischer
einrichtungen für Gas-Verteilungssysteme“ Heft 6/94
Armaturen in der Gastechnik“ Industriearmaturen F. Kütz
Heft 3/94
„Mengenregelventile“ gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
Heft 2/95
399
Title Special offpring from Author

„ Sicherheitsarmaturen in Anlagen der gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer
Gasversorgung“ Heft 2/95
„Einrichtungen zur Optimierung von Gas- gwf-Gas/Erdgas K.-H. Pflüger/
motorenanlagen bei unterbrechungsfreier Heft 11/96 K. Stellwagen
Gasartenumschaltung und Gas-Zumisch-
betrieb“
„Sicherheitsarmaturen in Anlagen der Gas- Industriearmaturen R. Fischer
versorgung“ Heft 04/97
„Unterirdische Kompaktanlagen - UKA“ gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer/
Heft 04/98 O. Pick
„Gas-Druckregelgeräte und Regelstrecken gwf-Gas/Erdgas K.-H. Pflüger/
für Gasmotoren“ Heft 04/99 K.-H. Wagner
400
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Notes
401
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables useful information
What is burnable gas? A gas or gas mixture that is burnable in a determined

mixing proportion with oxygen.
Which are the most impor- Natural gas, coke oven gas, town gas.
tant burnable gases?
What is natural gas? A natural product.
How does natural gas From animal and vegetable deposits on the bottom of the
originate? seas which -during millions of years- are chemically
transformed into hydrocarbons under the high pressure
exerted by rock formation and ground deposits.
What does natural gas Mainly of the burnable methane compound (CH4).
consist of?
Since when do we know About 5 000 years ago the Indo-Europeans in the
about natural gas? Caucasus found natural gas emanations to be the „Eternal
Fire“.
Sumeric and Assyrian priests interpreted the gas
emenating from the earth for their future tellings.
When was natural gas utilized According to British chronicles the Chinese utilized natural
for an economic purpose for gas for the drying of salt about 900 before Christ.
the first time?
Where and when was the In the saltmine in Charleston, West Virginia, in 1815.
discovery of the first natural
gas field?
..and in Germany? At a water bore-hole in Neuengamme near Hamburg, in

1910.
When was the first long distance On August Thyssen´s initiative the first German long
gas transmission pipeline built in distance gas transmission pipeline was built from
Germany? Duisburg-Hamborn to Wuppertal-Barmen in 1910. In 1964
the German pipeline system was connected to the natural
gas network of the Netherlands, and in 1974 linked to the
pipeline from Russian gas fields. These were the starting
points of an all-European gas transmission and distribution
system.
Which are the main types of gas Main transmission pipelines, also referred to as long
mains, and which are their distance gas transmission lines are high pressure
service pressures for gas pipelines for a maximum transmission pressure of 80 bar.
transmission? The regional and local gasboards supply the gas to the
end consumers through medium and low pressure lines
402 with a minimum supply pressure of 20 mbar.
Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables useful information
What is an offtake station? A regulating and metering station designed to reduce the
gas pressure to the level of the downstream mains and to
meter the gas flow „handed over“ or „taken off“.
Why do we store natural gas? As the natural gas consumption is subject to daily and
seasonal fluctuations of considerable extent, it is an
economic necessity to store natural gas during periods of
low demand in order to secure the gas availability for
periods of high or peak demands.
How do we store natural gas? In gaseous condition.

Above ground holders are used to store the gas for daily
compensation of lacks of small quantities. Large gas
quantities are placed in underground storages of porous
rocks or in salt caverns.
Which are the main natural We distinguish between 2 types of natural gas referred to
gas types and qualities? as type L and H.
„L“ stands for „low“, meaning that this type of natural gas
has a combustion value of approximately 10 kWh/m3. This
gas comes from Dutch of German fields.
„H“ stands for „high“, meaning that this type of gas has a
combustion value of approximately 11 ...12 kWh/m3.
What does DVGW mean? „DVGW“ is the abbreviation of „Deutscher Verein des Gas-
und Wasserfaches“ - Technisch Wissenschaftlicher
Vereinigung“. Its residence is Eschborn near Frankfurt/
Main.
What is DIN-DVGW registration A DIN-DVGW registration number for a gas pressure

of a gas pressure regulator or regulator or a safety device proves that this type of
a safety device? regulator or safety device has been tested and approved
of by a recognized test authority.
The regulator or safety device meets the requirements laid
down in DIN Standard DIN 3380 and DIN 3381.
403
Notes
404
Notes
405
Notes
406
Notes
407
Notes
408
Notes
409
Notes
410
Notes
411
Notes
412
Notes
413
Notes
414
Notes
415
Notes
416

Taschenbuch GB 02

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Taschenbuch GB 02

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

The RMG Group of Companies:

Serving the Gas Industry - WORLDWIDE

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH

RMG Messtechnik GmbH

Karl Wieser GmbH

WÄGA Wärme-Gastechnik GmbH

RMG-GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbH

Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

Bryan Donkin RMG Co. of Canada Ltd.

You are also welcome to visit us on the internet:

Hint for planning engineers:

May this RMG booklet be of valuable assistance to your daily work!

Kassel, May 2002

DATA LOGGING AND RECORDING

STATIONS AND ACCESSORIES

BASICS, DEFINITIONS, AND CONVERSION TABLES

RMG regulators and safety devices

Series 300 Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 16 (ANSI 150)

Series 400 Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 40 (ANSI 300)

Comments on Inlet Pressure Range ∆pe 76

Series 500 Gas Pressure Regulators up to ANSI 600

Motor-Driven Flow Control Valves

Series 600 Pilots for Pilot-Operated Gas Pressure Regulators

Series 600 Actuators for Safety Shut-Off Devices

Series 700 Safety Shut-Off Valves

Series 800 Safety Relief Valves

Series 900 Filters, Valves and Other Functional Elements

Series 900 (continued)

Gas Pressure Regulating Modules for Gas Motors

BD-RMG Regulators, Safety Devices, and Accessories

Gas Pressure Regulators (continued)

Electronic Clocking Pilots

Electronic Correctors, Flow Computers

DATA LOGGING AND RECORDING

STATIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Standardized Stations of the RMG Group of Companies

BASICS, DEFINITIONS, AND CONVERSION TABLES

General Conversion Tables

Conversion Tables for Gas Supply

RMG Publications (German list) 398

Useful Information 402

Space for Own Notes 404

calculation of flowrate coefficients

min. inlet pressure pe min

flowrate coefficient KG for flowrate coefficient KG for

conversion factor f = 0,83/ρ

ethylene 0.97 carbon dioxyde 0.65

example: (diagram page 15)

given: max. inlet pressure pe max = 60 bar

diagram for KG-value determination valid for natural gas

diagram for pipe size determination DN

pipe line size DN in mm

example for determination of pipe size DN and gas velocity

example no.1: determination of the required pipe size DN

given: required max. flowrate qn max = 10 000 m3/h

read from diagram: required max. outlet pipe size = 250 mm

example no. 2: determination of gas velocity

given: required max. flowrate qn max = 10 000 m3/h

read from inlet gas velocity v 50 m/s

In this example we recommend an expansion to a higher outlet pipe size.

example no. 3: determination of pipe size of a safety shut-off valve (SAV)

given: required max. flowrate qn max = 7 000 m3/h